{
  "name": "QuoteCloud FAQ",
  "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq",
  "dateModified": "2026-10-15",
  "description": "QuoteCloud is quoting, proposal and eSignature software with interactive price tables, a product catalogue, approval workflows, online payments through Stripe and PayPal, AI content writing and integrations with CRM and accounting tools. Plans: Free ($0), Starter US$14.95, Essentials US$39, Business US$59 per user per month, Enterprise custom. 14-day free trial, no credit card.",
  "topics": [
    {
      "slug": "getting-started",
      "name": "Getting started",
      "group": "Get started",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "what-is-quotecloud",
          "question": "What is QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud is quoting, proposal and eSignature software. You build a quote or proposal from templates and content blocks, price it with price tables and your product catalogue, and send it from your own email service. Your client reads it, chooses options, comments, signs and pays inside the same interactive document, and you can see when it is opened. QuoteCloud is provided by Corporate Interactive Technology Pty Limited in Sydney, Australia, and has been in business since 2013.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud is quoting, proposal and eSignature software: create, send, track, sign and get paid inside one interactive document.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#what-is-quotecloud",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud product overview",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/product-overview"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-quotecloud-used-for",
          "question": "What is QuoteCloud used for?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud is used to create, send and track sales documents: quotes, estimates, proposals, contracts, order forms and agreements. Clients can choose optional items, accept and eSign online, and pay through Stripe or PayPal from the same document. Teams also use it to generate documents from a CRM, the QuoteCloud API or Zapier, route documents for approval, and manage every document from one dashboard. Which of these you get depends on your plan.",
          "short_answer": "Creating, sending and tracking sales documents such as quotes, estimates, proposals, contracts and order forms that clients sign and pay online.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#what-is-quotecloud-used-for",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Compare QuoteCloud plans",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "who-uses-quotecloud",
          "question": "Who is QuoteCloud for?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud is built for businesses that send quotes, proposals and contracts. Its industry solutions cover construction, trade services and HVAC, IT services, telecommunications and hosted services, travel, accounting, events, marketing services, recruitment, real estate, education, architects and engineers, and web developers. Plans run from a Free plan for one user to Enterprise, which adds implementation support, single sign-on and a dedicated account manager for larger companies.",
          "short_answer": "Sales teams and service businesses that send quotes and proposals, from a single user on the Free plan to larger companies on Enterprise.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#who-uses-quotecloud",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud solutions by industry",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/solutions-by-industry"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-is-quotecloud-different-from-word-documents",
          "question": "How is QuoteCloud different from using Word, Excel and a separate eSignature tool?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud keeps the whole deal in one interactive document instead of a Word file, an Excel price sheet, an email chain and a separate signing app. Its editor has 20 content blocks, including price tables, spreadsheets, forms, diagrams, Gantt charts, video and eSignatures. Totals recalculate as you build, clients select options and sign online, and payment can be taken in the same document. Some blocks, such as price tables, forms and Gantt charts, depend on your plan.",
          "short_answer": "Everything happens in one interactive document: content, pricing, approvals, eSignature and payment, so there is no file juggling between tools.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#how-is-quotecloud-different-from-word-documents",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "See how a quote moves through QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/product-overview"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-does-quotecloud-compare",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with other proposal and quoting software?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud's comparison pages check it against one tool at a time across the same 33 features in six groups: create and design, quote and price, sign and get paid, track and approve, integrations, and pricing and support. QuoteCloud offers all 33, two of them (travel itineraries and service plans) as opt-in add-ons. eSignatures are included on every plan, including Free, and paid plans have no lock-in contract. Each comparison lists the other tool's published prices so you can compare like for like.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud publishes side-by-side comparisons that check each tool against the same 33 features in six groups, with prices and billing basis.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#how-does-quotecloud-compare",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud comparisons",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "is-there-a-free-trial",
          "question": "Is there a free trial of QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Yes. The Essentials and Business plans start with a 14-day free trial, with no credit card required and no lock-in contract. During the trial QuoteCloud converts one of your existing document templates free of charge, and paid plans include a complimentary 45-minute training session, so you can test your own use case with real documents. If you only need simple signed documents, the Free plan is free forever for one user.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Essentials and Business start with a 14-day free trial, with no credit card and no lock-in contract.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#is-there-a-free-trial",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Start a free trial from the pricing page",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "do-i-need-a-credit-card-to-try",
          "question": "Do I need a credit card to try QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "No. You can sign up for the 14-day free trial of Essentials or Business without a credit card, and the Free plan also needs no card. Payment details are only asked for when you choose to activate a paid subscription, using the Subscribe Now button in your dashboard. Card payments for subscriptions are processed through Stripe, and QuoteCloud does not store the card details itself.",
          "short_answer": "No. The 14-day free trial and the Free plan both start without a credit card.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#do-i-need-a-credit-card-to-try",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing and trial",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-i-use-quotecloud-for-free",
          "question": "Can I use QuoteCloud for free?",
          "answer": "Yes. The Free plan costs nothing, has no time limit and covers one user. It includes eSignatures and text and image content blocks for up to two documents sent per month, sent through your own email service. PDF export, APIs, AI and price tables are not included. When you need more, Starter adds unlimited documents and eSignatures, and Essentials adds price tables, templates and tracking.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The Free plan is free forever for one user and includes two signed documents a month.",
          "plan": "Free",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#can-i-use-quotecloud-for-free",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Free plan details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-i-book-a-demo",
          "question": "Can I book a demo of QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Yes. You can book a live demo from the QuoteCloud demo page to see the product with your own use case, such as a CRM or accounting workflow, before or during your trial. If you already have an account, click the question mark icon at the top right of QuoteCloud and choose Book a Demo. Enterprise buyers can also talk to the sales team about implementation, security and pricing.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Book a live demo from the QuoteCloud website, or from the Help menu inside the app.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#can-i-book-a-demo",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Request a QuoteCloud demo",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            },
            {
              "text": "Book a demo from inside QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general/help-and-support/book-a-demo"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "which-plan-should-i-start-with",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plan should I start with?",
          "answer": "Free ($0) covers two documents a month with eSignatures. Starter (US$14.95) adds unlimited documents, eSignatures and PDF export. Essentials (US$39), the most popular plan, adds price tables, the product catalogue, templates, tracking, payments, APIs and Zapier. Business (US$59) adds approval workflows, the AI Co-Worker, forms, Gantt charts and CRM and accounting integrations. Enterprise adds SSO, IP range filtering and implementation support. Prices are in US dollars per user per month.",
          "short_answer": "Free or Starter for simple signed documents, Essentials for priced quotes and templates, Business for approvals, AI and CRM integrations.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#which-plan-should-i-start-with",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Full plan comparison",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-sign-up",
          "question": "How do I sign up for QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "On the QuoteCloud login page click REGISTER HERE, enter your email address and a password, and choose Register with Password. Fill in your name, company name, mobile number, country and company size, then invite team members or skip that step for later. You are logged in to the dashboard straight away, but you need to click Activate Account in the verification email to unlock all features of your trial account.",
          "short_answer": "Click Register Here on the login page, enter your email, a password and company details, then activate the account from the verification email.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#how-do-i-sign-up",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Register a new company account",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/registering-a-new-user-account"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-long-does-it-take-to-get-started",
          "question": "How long does it take to get started with QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Usually days. You can register and create a document the same day, without a credit card. On Essentials, Business and Enterprise, QuoteCloud converts one of your existing templates during the trial and runs a complimentary 45-minute training session, so your first quotes look like yours. There is no implementation project or professional services contract unless you want one; Enterprise adds implementation support for larger rollouts.",
          "short_answer": "Usually days, not months: start the same day, with one template converted for you and a 45-minute training session.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#how-long-does-it-take-to-get-started",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Onboarding services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/onboarding-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-create-my-first-document",
          "question": "How do I create my first quote or proposal in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "From the dashboard, click Create Document and choose Blank Document to start from scratch or From a Template to use a ready-made layout. With a template, pick a category in the Template Gallery, select a template, optionally add a document title and enter the recipient's name, email, company and phone, then click Continue and Create Document. The document opens in the editor in a new browser tab, ready to customise and send.",
          "short_answer": "Click Create Document on the dashboard, choose Blank Document or From a Template, add a title and recipients, then edit it.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#how-do-i-create-my-first-document",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Create your first document",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-dashboard/create-your-first-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-you-convert-my-existing-template",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud convert my existing quote template?",
          "answer": "Yes. Send the document you use today and the QuoteCloud team rebuilds it as a QuoteCloud template, ready in your template library. On Essentials, Business and Enterprise, one existing template is converted free during your trial. Additional template conversions are a paid add-on, billed per template. To arrange it, start your trial and contact the team through the support contact page.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. One existing template is converted free during your trial on Essentials, Business and Enterprise; more are a paid add-on.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#can-you-convert-my-existing-template",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Professional services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/professional-services"
            },
            {
              "text": "Contact the QuoteCloud team",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-should-i-set-up-first",
          "question": "What should I set up first in a new QuoteCloud account?",
          "answer": "Start in Settings. Under Details & Branding, upload your company logo and choose whether to hide QuoteCloud logos from the document viewer and client emails. Under Language & Region, set your country, language, time zone, date format and currency formatting, which apply to newly created documents. Connect your own email service so documents arrive from your address, then invite colleagues and assign them a team and role under Users & Roles.",
          "short_answer": "Add your logo, set language, country, time zone, date format and currency, connect your email service and invite your team.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#what-should-i-set-up-first",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Set language, country, time zone and date format",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/company-settings/set-language-country-time-zone-and-date-format"
            },
            {
              "text": "Add your logo and white-label QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/company-settings/how-to-whitelabel-quotecloud-remove-quoteqloud-branding-and-use-your-own-logo-branding"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-i-quote-in-my-own-currency-and-language",
          "question": "Can I quote in my own currency and language?",
          "answer": "Yes. In Company Settings under Language & Region you choose the company country, language, time zone and date format, plus the currency, thousand separator and decimal symbol used in price tables. These defaults apply to newly created documents, and the document currency can be changed for an individual document. This setting controls how prices appear in your quotes; it is separate from the currency your QuoteCloud subscription is billed in.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Company settings set the default language, country, currency, separators and date format for new documents.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#can-i-quote-in-my-own-currency-and-language",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Language and region settings",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/company-settings/set-language-country-time-zone-and-date-format"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-does-sending-a-quote-work",
          "question": "What happens after I send my first quote?",
          "answer": "The quote is sent from your connected email service. On Essentials and above, real-time tracking and notifications show when the client opens and reads it. The client can select optional items, adjust quantities where you allow it, accept with an eSignature and, if you have connected a payment gateway such as Stripe or PayPal, pay online from the same document. Every completed signed document includes a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail.",
          "short_answer": "Tracking shows when the client is reading, then they accept with an eSignature and can pay online in the same document.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#how-does-sending-a-quote-work",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Send documents for eSignature",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/signature-request"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "does-quotecloud-work-in-a-browser",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud run in a web browser?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud is cloud software: you sign in through the web, your documents are stored in your private cloud workspace, and the document editor opens in a new browser tab when you create a document. You can sign in with your email and password, a Magic Link or 6-digit code sent by email, or a passkey on a registered device, which makes it straightforward to work from different locations and computers.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud is cloud software you use in a web browser, and the document editor opens in a browser tab.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#does-quotecloud-work-in-a-browser",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Signing in to QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/logging-in-with-existing-account-credentials"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-clients-view-and-sign-on-a-phone",
          "question": "Can my clients view and sign quotes on a phone or tablet?",
          "answer": "Yes. Recipients open the document from the email or link you send and read, sign and pay in their web browser on a phone, tablet or computer. They do not need a QuoteCloud account or any software to sign, and they can draw, type or upload their signature. You can add several signers to one document, and optional passcode verification sends the signer a one-time code by email before they sign.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Clients open the document from your email or link and sign in their browser on a phone, tablet or computer, without an account.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#can-clients-view-and-sign-on-a-phone",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Free eSignature software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/free-esignature-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "is-there-a-mobile-app",
          "question": "Is there a QuoteCloud mobile app?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud's published mobile app is TravelDocs, a free app for iOS and Android. Travel businesses build itineraries in QuoteCloud and travellers see them in TravelDocs with flights, accommodation and attached documents, available offline. For quotes and proposals, your team works in QuoteCloud through the web, and clients do not need an app at all: they view, sign and pay in the browser on their phone, tablet or computer.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud's published app is TravelDocs, a free iOS and Android app that delivers itineraries built in QuoteCloud to travellers.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#is-there-a-mobile-app",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "TravelDocs mobile app",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/traveldocs-mobile-app"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "where-can-i-learn-quotecloud",
          "question": "Where can I learn how to use QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "The QuoteCloud User Guide at support.quote.cloud has hundreds of step-by-step guides, each with an FAQ section, organised by area such as the dashboard, document editor, price tables, templates, product catalogue, company settings and users and roles. There is also a Getting Started video, ready-made templates for a quick start, QuoteCloud Insights articles and the Change Log, which shows what is new in the product.",
          "short_answer": "The QuoteCloud User Guide has hundreds of step-by-step guides, plus a Getting Started video, templates, Insights and the Change Log.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#where-can-i-learn-quotecloud",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud User Guide",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-get-help-during-my-trial",
          "question": "How do I get help while I am trying QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Contact the QuoteCloud team through the support contact page to arrange your free template conversion and training session or to ask a question. Inside the app, the question mark icon at the top right opens the Help menu with the Help Center, Book a Demo and System Status, and the message icon opens the support panel, where you can create a support request and follow its progress in your ticket history.",
          "short_answer": "Contact the team through www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo, or use the Help menu and support panel inside QuoteCloud.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/getting-started#how-do-i-get-help-during-my-trial",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Contact QuoteCloud support",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            },
            {
              "text": "Submit a support request",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general/help-and-support/submit-a-support-request"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "pricing-plans",
      "name": "Pricing and plans",
      "group": "Get started",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "how-much-does-quotecloud-cost",
          "question": "How much does QuoteCloud cost?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud has a Free plan at $0 for one user. Paid plans are priced per user per month: Starter US$14.95, Essentials US$39 and Business US$59. In Australia, Essentials is AU$64.95 and Business AU$94.95 per user per month. Enterprise is priced per seat or per document after a conversation with sales. Prices exclude applicable taxes, and there is no lock-in contract.",
          "short_answer": "Free is $0; Starter US$14.95, Essentials US$39 and Business US$59 per user per month; Enterprise is priced on request.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#how-much-does-quotecloud-cost",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "which-features-are-in-each-plan",
          "question": "Which features are included in each QuoteCloud plan?",
          "answer": "Free covers text, images and eSignatures for two documents a month, sent through your own email service. Starter adds unlimited documents and eSignatures, galleries, the image editor and PDF export. Essentials adds price tables, the product catalogue, templates, the content library, tracking, payments and API access. Business adds the AI Co-Worker, MCP AI Service, advanced pricing, approval workflows, CRM and accounting integrations. Enterprise adds SSO, IP range filtering, implementation support and premium support.",
          "short_answer": "Free covers basic signed documents; Starter adds unlimited documents and PDF export; Essentials adds pricing and templates; Business adds AI and approvals.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#which-features-are-in-each-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Compare every feature by plan",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-does-starter-include",
          "question": "What does the Starter plan include?",
          "answer": "Starter costs US$14.95 per user per month. It includes unlimited documents and eSignatures, text, image and gallery content blocks, the built-in image editor, PDF export and connection to your own email service. Price tables, templates, the content library, APIs, payments and AI are not included in Starter; they start on Essentials and Business. Starter does not include a free trial or email support.",
          "short_answer": "Starter is US$14.95 per user per month for unlimited documents and eSignatures, image tools and PDF export.",
          "plan": "Starter",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#what-does-starter-include",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Starter plan details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-does-essentials-include",
          "question": "What does the Essentials plan include?",
          "answer": "Essentials costs US$39 per user per month (AU$64.95 in Australia) and is the most popular plan. It includes everything in Starter plus price tables and the product catalogue, unlimited templates and content libraries, document tracking and notifications, accepting payments, APIs, Zapier and Make.com, the cover page design tool, stock images, barcodes and QR codes, the contact address book, unlimited sales teams and custom user roles. It also includes free template conversion, initial training and basic email support.",
          "short_answer": "Essentials (US$39 per user per month) adds price tables, the product catalogue, templates, tracking, payments and APIs to Starter.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#what-does-essentials-include",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Essentials plan details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-does-business-include",
          "question": "What does the Business plan include?",
          "answer": "Business costs US$59 per user per month (AU$94.95 in Australia). It includes everything in Essentials plus custom branding and the form builder, the AI Co-Worker and MCP AI Service, approval workflow, advanced pricing with custom fields, levy and tax calculations, embedded spreadsheets and product bundling, CRM and accounting integrations, revisions and version history, customer reminders, Gantt charts, flowcharts and diagrams, and content locking. Quantity-break discounts are listed as coming soon.",
          "short_answer": "Business (US$59 per user per month) adds AI, approval workflows, advanced pricing, forms and CRM and accounting integrations.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#what-does-business-include",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Business plan details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "is-esignature-included-on-every-plan",
          "question": "Are eSignatures included on every QuoteCloud plan?",
          "answer": "Yes. eSignatures are built into every QuoteCloud plan, so you do not need a separate signing app. The Free plan includes eSignatures on up to two documents sent per month, and Starter and every higher plan include unlimited documents and eSignatures. Signatures are eIDAS compliant and legally binding, and every completed document includes a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. eSignatures are included on every plan, including Free, with unlimited eSignatures from Starter.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#is-esignature-included-on-every-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Free eSignature software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/free-esignature-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "which-plan-includes-payments",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plan lets clients pay online?",
          "answer": "Accepting online payments is included on Essentials, Business and Enterprise, and is not part of the Free or Starter plans. Payments need a connected third-party payment gateway, such as Stripe or PayPal. Gateway availability and transaction fees vary by region and provider and are charged by the gateway. You can try payments during the 14-day free trial by connecting your own gateway.",
          "short_answer": "Accepting payments is included from Essentials, and in Business and Enterprise; it is not part of Free or Starter.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#which-plan-includes-payments",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Stripe integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            },
            {
              "text": "PayPal integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/paypal-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "which-plan-includes-integrations",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plan includes CRM, accounting and Zapier integrations?",
          "answer": "Zapier, Make.com and the QuoteCloud APIs for direct integration are included from Essentials. Native CRM and accounting integrations, such as Salesforce, HubSpot, Pipedrive, Xero and QuickBooks Online, are included from Business. Documents created through the API or Zapier carry a per-document fee on top of the subscription. Consultancy and integration setup is available from the QuoteCloud team if you want help connecting systems.",
          "short_answer": "Zapier, Make.com and the QuoteCloud APIs start on Essentials; native CRM and accounting integrations start on Business.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#which-plan-includes-integrations",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "is-there-a-free-plan",
          "question": "Is there a free QuoteCloud plan?",
          "answer": "Yes. The Free plan is free forever for one user and needs no credit card. It includes eSignatures and text and image content blocks, with a limit of two documents sent per month using your own email service. PDF export, APIs, AI, price tables, templates and payments are not included. Upgrade to Starter for unlimited documents, or to Essentials for priced quotes, templates and tracking.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The Free plan is free forever for one user, with eSignatures on up to two documents sent per month.",
          "plan": "Free",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#is-there-a-free-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Free plan details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "is-there-a-free-trial",
          "question": "Is there a free trial, and which plans does it cover?",
          "answer": "Yes. Essentials and Business both start with a 14-day free trial, with no credit card required and no lock-in contract. During the trial, QuoteCloud converts one of your existing document templates free of charge, and paid plans include a complimentary 45-minute training session. Enterprise is arranged through sales, Starter has no trial listed, and the Free plan can be used for as long as you like.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Essentials and Business start with a 14-day free trial, with no credit card and no lock-in contract.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#is-there-a-free-trial",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Start a 14-day free trial",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "do-i-need-a-credit-card-for-the-trial",
          "question": "Do I need a credit card for the free trial?",
          "answer": "No. The 14-day free trial of Essentials or Business does not need a credit card, so you can try QuoteCloud with your own documents before you buy. When you decide to subscribe, click Subscribe Now in the dashboard, select a plan and add a payment method in Billing Settings. Card payments for your subscription are processed through Stripe and are not stored by QuoteCloud.",
          "short_answer": "No. The 14-day free trial does not need a credit card.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#do-i-need-a-credit-card-for-the-trial",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Activate your subscription",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/billing-and-payments/activate-your-subscription"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-activate-a-subscription",
          "question": "How do I subscribe to a paid QuoteCloud plan?",
          "answer": "Click Subscribe Now in the top-right corner of the dashboard or in the left sidebar. Review your current plan, use Swap Plans to compare options, and click Select Plan under Essentials, Business or Enterprise. Any add-ons or integrations you enable appear in the Summary panel. Click Add Payment Method, complete your company billing details, enter your credit or debit card and click Save to activate the subscription.",
          "short_answer": "Click Subscribe Now in the dashboard, select a plan, then add your company billing details and card in Billing Settings.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#how-do-i-activate-a-subscription",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Activate your QuoteCloud subscription",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/billing-and-payments/activate-your-subscription"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-i-change-plans",
          "question": "Can I change or upgrade my QuoteCloud plan later?",
          "answer": "Yes. The subscription page shows your current plan and selected products, and the Swap Plans option lets you compare features side by side and switch between Essentials, Business and Enterprise. Any enabled integrations or add-ons update in the Summary panel. Billing Settings is where you update your payment method, billing address and company details, and turn automatic renewal on or off.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Use Swap Plans on the subscription page to compare and switch between plans.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#can-i-change-plans",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Manage your subscription",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/billing-and-payments/activate-your-subscription"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "is-pricing-per-user",
          "question": "Is QuoteCloud priced per user?",
          "answer": "Yes. Starter, Essentials and Business are priced per user per month, so you pay for each team member who creates or manages documents. The Free plan is limited to one user, and Enterprise offers flexible per-seat or per-document pricing. Your clients and other signers do not need a QuoteCloud account or licence to view, sign or pay for a document.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Starter, Essentials and Business are priced per user per month; clients who view or sign do not need a licence.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#is-pricing-per-user",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Plan pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-currency-am-i-charged-in",
          "question": "What currency will I be charged in?",
          "answer": "Customers outside Europe, Australia and the UK are charged in US dollars. If you are in Europe, Australia or the UK, local-currency prices apply. The pricing page shows Australian prices for Essentials (AU$64.95) and Business (AU$94.95) per user per month. All prices exclude applicable taxes. The currency you are billed in is separate from the currency you quote your own clients in, which you set in Company Settings.",
          "short_answer": "US dollars, unless you are in Europe, Australia or the UK, where local-currency prices apply.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#what-currency-am-i-charged-in",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Pricing details and footnotes",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-much-is-quotecloud-in-australia",
          "question": "How much does QuoteCloud cost in Australian dollars?",
          "answer": "In Australia, Essentials costs AU$64.95 and Business costs AU$94.95 per user per month. These prices exclude applicable taxes such as GST. The pricing page shows Australian pricing for Essentials and Business only; Starter is listed at US$14.95, the Free plan is $0, and Enterprise is priced with the sales team. QuoteCloud is provided by Corporate Interactive Technology Pty Limited in Sydney.",
          "short_answer": "Essentials is AU$64.95 and Business AU$94.95 per user per month, excluding applicable taxes.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#how-much-is-quotecloud-in-australia",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "do-prices-include-tax",
          "question": "Do QuoteCloud prices include GST or VAT?",
          "answer": "No. QuoteCloud prices exclude applicable taxes, so GST, VAT or other sales taxes are added where they apply. This applies to the US dollar prices and to local-currency prices for Europe, Australia and the UK. Usage-based charges, such as additional storage and API or Zapier document fees, are also listed before tax on the pricing page.",
          "short_answer": "No. All QuoteCloud prices exclude applicable taxes.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#do-prices-include-tax",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Pricing details and footnotes",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-i-cancel-anytime",
          "question": "Can I cancel QuoteCloud at any time?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud has no lock-in contract, so you can cancel whenever you want. The free trial needs no credit card, so there is nothing to cancel if you decide not to subscribe, and the Free plan can be kept forever. For a paid subscription, Billing Settings lets you turn automatic renewal on or off; contact the QuoteCloud team through the support contact page if you need help with your account.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. There is no lock-in contract, so you can cancel whenever you want.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#can-i-cancel-anytime",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Contact QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "does-my-subscription-renew-automatically",
          "question": "Does my QuoteCloud subscription renew automatically?",
          "answer": "You choose. In Billing Settings you can enable or disable automatic renewal, as well as update your payment method, billing address and company details. When you pay by credit card, the card details are encrypted and held by a third-party payment gateway so the subscription can be billed on a recurring basis; they are not stored by QuoteCloud and cannot be accessed by QuoteCloud staff.",
          "short_answer": "You choose: automatic renewal can be turned on or off in Billing Settings.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#does-my-subscription-renew-automatically",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Billing settings and renewals",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/billing-and-payments/activate-your-subscription"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "are-there-extra-costs",
          "question": "Are there any costs on top of the per-user price?",
          "answer": "The per-user price covers the plan's features and 500 MB of storage per user. Extra costs apply only if you use them: additional storage (US$9 per 5 GB), documents created through the API or Zapier (from US$2.00 each), volume-based email campaigns and bulk sending, opt-in extensions such as contracts and service plans or travel itineraries, paid services such as extra training or template conversions, and the transaction fees your payment gateway charges.",
          "short_answer": "Only if you use them: extra storage, API or Zapier documents, volume sending, opt-in extensions, paid services and gateway fees.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#are-there-extra-costs",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Pricing details and footnotes",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-much-storage-is-included",
          "question": "How much storage is included with QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Each paid user includes 500 MB of storage, so a team's included storage grows with the number of users. If you need more, additional storage is available at US$9 per 5 GB. Prices exclude applicable taxes.",
          "short_answer": "Each paid user includes 500 MB of storage; additional storage costs US$9 per 5 GB.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#how-much-storage-is-included",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Storage pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "api-and-zapier-document-fees",
          "question": "How much does it cost to create documents through the API or Zapier?",
          "answer": "Documents created through the QuoteCloud API or Zapier are charged per document each month: US$2.00 each for 1 to 1,000 documents, US$1.80 each for 1,001 to 5,000, and US$1.60 each for 5,001 or more. These fees are on top of an Essentials, Business or Enterprise subscription, which is where API, Zapier and Make.com access starts. Contact sales for higher-volume pricing.",
          "short_answer": "US$2.00 each for 1 to 1,000 documents a month, US$1.80 for 1,001 to 5,000, and US$1.60 above 5,000.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#api-and-zapier-document-fees",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "API and Zapier fees",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-are-opt-in-extensions",
          "question": "What are the \"$ opt-in\" extensions on the QuoteCloud pricing page?",
          "answer": "Opt-in extensions are optional software extensions you activate only if you want them, which keeps costs low and the interface uncluttered. They include industry extensions such as contracts and service plans for telcos, ISPs and hosted service providers, and the travel itineraries widget with GDS and mid-office integration for travel agents, both available from Essentials. Custom itineraries can also be created on commission. Prices are not published; ask the sales team.",
          "short_answer": "Optional paid extensions you switch on only if you need them, such as contracts and service plans or travel itineraries.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#what-are-opt-in-extensions",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Opt-in extensions on the pricing page",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-do-volume-costs-mean",
          "question": "What does \"$ for volume\" mean for email campaigns and bulk sending?",
          "answer": "Email marketing campaigns and bulk sending of sales quotes are available from Essentials and are charged by volume rather than included in the per-user price. For example, campaigns need email sending credits. Email marketing audience data is unlimited on Essentials, Business and Enterprise. Contact the QuoteCloud team for the current volume pricing for your sending needs.",
          "short_answer": "Email campaigns and bulk sending of quotes are charged by volume, for example email sending credits for campaigns.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#what-do-volume-costs-mean",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Sending and marketing by plan",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "custom-branding-add-on",
          "question": "How does custom branding work on QuoteCloud plans?",
          "answer": "Custom branding is included from the Business plan. For fully white-labelled document delivery, the Custom Branding paid add-on applies your own logo, colours and custom domain, and requires a minimum of five users; its price is not published, so ask the sales team. On every plan you can connect your own email service so documents are sent from your address, and a custom URL is part of Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "Business includes custom branding; fully white-labelled delivery with your own domain is the Custom Branding add-on, minimum five users.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#custom-branding-add-on",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Custom branding and themes",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/custom-branding-themes"
            },
            {
              "text": "Professional services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/professional-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "premium-support-cost",
          "question": "How much does Premium support cost?",
          "answer": "Premium 24×7 support with guaranteed SLAs is available as a paid add-on, and premium 24×7 support is included on Enterprise. Its price is not published: the sales team puts together the right option for your plan and team size, or explains how Enterprise compares. Without the add-on, Essentials and Business include basic email support in AEST business hours, with a standard response within 48 hours.",
          "short_answer": "Premium 24×7 support with guaranteed SLAs is a paid add-on; its price is not published, so ask sales.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#premium-support-cost",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Premium support",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/premium-support"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "professional-services-cost",
          "question": "How much do training, template conversions and other services cost?",
          "answer": "Essentials, Business and Enterprise include one template converted free during your trial and a complimentary 45-minute training session. Additional template conversions (billed per template), additional 60-minute training sessions, Custom Branding, and consultancy and integration setup for Zapier, custom APIs and other platforms are paid add-ons. Prices are not published; the QuoteCloud team quotes them for your needs.",
          "short_answer": "Your first template conversion and a 45-minute training session are included; further services are paid add-ons quoted by the team.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#professional-services-cost",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Professional services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/professional-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-does-enterprise-include",
          "question": "What is included with QuoteCloud Enterprise?",
          "answer": "Enterprise includes everything in Business plus single sign-on (SSO), custom user reports, a custom URL, IP range filtering and other advanced security controls, implementation support, and a dedicated account manager with premium 24×7 support, priority channels, quarterly strategy reviews and a guaranteed 4-hour response SLA. Travel businesses can add the TravelDocs Duty of Care add-on. It is designed for larger companies that need extra implementation, training and support.",
          "short_answer": "Everything in Business plus SSO, IP range filtering, a custom URL, implementation, a dedicated account manager and premium 24×7 support.",
          "plan": "Enterprise",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#what-does-enterprise-include",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Enterprise on the pricing page",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-is-enterprise-priced",
          "question": "How is QuoteCloud Enterprise priced?",
          "answer": "Enterprise has flexible pricing, either per seat or per document, so it can suit a large sales team or a high-volume document workflow. There is no published list price: contact the QuoteCloud sales team to talk through your users, document volumes, templates, integrations and security requirements. You can also start a free 14-day trial of Essentials or Business while you evaluate.",
          "short_answer": "Enterprise has flexible per-seat or per-document pricing, agreed with the sales team.",
          "plan": "Enterprise",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/pricing-plans#how-is-enterprise-priced",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Request a demo or talk to sales",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "quotes-price-tables",
      "name": "Quotes and price tables",
      "group": "Create documents",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "what-is-a-price-table",
          "question": "What is a QuoteCloud price table?",
          "answer": "A price table is the content block in a quote or proposal that holds the line items and calculates the totals. You add products from the product catalogue or type ad hoc lines, group them under section headings, and the table works out quantities, discounts, tax, subtotals and the overall total as you build. Clients see a clean, interactive table in the browser where they can tick permitted options, change permitted quantities, then accept and sign. Price tables are included from the Essentials plan.",
          "short_answer": "The content block that holds a quote's line items and works out quantities, discounts, tax, subtotals and the total.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#what-is-a-price-table",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Interactive pricing tables",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/pricing-table"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud quoting software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quoting-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "which-plan-price-tables",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plan includes price tables?",
          "answer": "Price tables and the product catalogue are included on Essentials (US$39 per user per month, AU$64.95 in Australia), Business and Enterprise. The Free and Starter plans include text and image blocks but no price tables. Business (US$59, AU$94.95) adds advanced pricing and custom formulas, product bundling, optional custom fields with additional levy or tax calculations, and embedded spreadsheets for calculations. Essentials and Business start with a 14-day free trial, with no credit card required.",
          "short_answer": "Essentials (US$39 per user per month) and above. Free and Starter do not include price tables.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#which-plan-price-tables",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud plans and pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "sections-and-subtotals",
          "question": "Can I group line items into sections with subtotals?",
          "answer": "Yes. Add section headings to a price table and place line items beneath them, for example labour, materials and subcontractors. Right-click a heading and open Section Header Options to choose Show Group Subtotal, which displays the section total while keeping every line visible, or Show Group Summarised, which shows the section total and hides the individual lines. Sections and lines can be reordered by dragging or from the menu, so long quotes stay easy to scan.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Add section headings, then show a subtotal per group or summarise the group so only its total shows.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#sections-and-subtotals",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Grouping and summarising price line items",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-customisation-layout/grouping-price-line-items-and-summarising-hiding-up-to-a-subheading"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "custom-columns",
          "question": "Can I add or customise columns in a price table?",
          "answer": "Yes. Right-click a column, choose Table Options and Insert Column to the Right, or use the + icon at the edge of the table. Custom column types are Text, Currency, Number, Percentage, Date, Optional, Dropdown and Formula, alongside standard columns such as Discount, Tax and Cost. You can reorder and align columns, rename column and total labels, show or hide columns, and style the header, line items, notes and totals with your own fonts, colours and spacing.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Add Text, Currency, Number, Percentage, Date, Optional, Dropdown or Formula columns, then reorder, align, rename and style them.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#custom-columns",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Adding columns to a price table",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-setup-and-configuration/adding-additional-columns-to-a-price-table-quotecloud-guide"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "recurring-and-one-off",
          "question": "Can one quote include monthly and one-off costs?",
          "answer": "Yes. Right-click a line, open Row Options and choose Make Price Item Repeating. The table adds repeating columns such as Term and Monthly Price, and the total recalculates when you change the term. Lines that are not recurring stay as one-off rows, and you can switch several rows to one-off at once by Shift-selecting them. Term column settings control the default value, period labels, one-off labels, decimals and how the term is entered. This suits subscriptions, retainers, support plans and service contracts.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Make any line a repeating price item with a term and monthly price, and keep other lines as one-off items.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#recurring-and-one-off",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Setting a repeating price",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-setup-and-configuration/setting-a-repeating-price-in-a-sales-quote-price-table"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "notes-and-images-on-lines",
          "question": "Can I add notes and images to line items?",
          "answer": "Yes. Each line item can have a note that appears beneath its label, which is useful for inclusions, specifications or delivery details. Ad hoc lines can carry a thumbnail image, and products added from the catalogue bring their images into the price table. QuoteCloud's plan comparison lists notes and line-item images as part of the price table on Essentials and above, so clients can see what they are buying without a separate brochure.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Lines can carry a note under the item name and a thumbnail image; catalogue products bring their images with them.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#notes-and-images-on-lines",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Price table features",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/pricing-table"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "split-and-merge-tables",
          "question": "Can I split or merge price tables?",
          "answer": "Yes. A price table can be split in two at a line or at a section heading, either into a new table or onto a new page, for example to separate hardware from services. Two tables can also be merged back into one, and lasso select lets you pick the tables to merge. Splitting and merging keep the line items and their settings, so you can restructure a long quote without retyping it.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Split a table at a line or section heading, or merge two tables, including with lasso select.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#split-and-merge-tables",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Splitting a price table in two",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-integration-and-advanced-usage/split-price-table-in-two"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "reuse-price-tables",
          "question": "Can I reuse a price table across quotes?",
          "answer": "Yes. Once a table is set up the way you like, select it, right-click and add it to the content library as personal or company content. It keeps its behaviour, such as repeating price items and section headings, and can be dragged into future quotes, proposals and templates. QuoteCloud's template library also includes ready-made price table styles, and pairing saved tables with the product catalogue keeps prices consistent across documents.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Save it to the content library and it keeps its behaviour, such as repeating items and section headings.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#reuse-price-tables",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Saving price tables as reusable blocks",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/content-libraries-using-content-library-blocks/adding-pricing-tables-or-interactive-components-as-reusable-blocks"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "clients-choose-optional-items",
          "question": "Can clients choose optional items in a quote?",
          "answer": "Yes. Right-click a line and choose Enable Optional Row, or enable Group Optional Rows on a section heading. Multiple Choice Rows show optional lines as checkboxes so clients can tick several extras. Section headings can be optional too, as Single Choice Heading Groups, where the client picks one, or Multiple Choice Heading Groups. Tick an item in the editor to make it selected by default; clients can still change it. Subtotal, tax and total recalculate on the page as they choose.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Make lines or whole sections optional, as tick-boxes or single-choice groups, and totals update as clients choose.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#clients-choose-optional-items",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Letting recipients choose price options",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-interactivity-and-user-control/allowing-recipients-to-choose-price-options"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "clients-change-quantities",
          "question": "Can clients change quantities in a quote?",
          "answer": "Yes, on the lines you choose. Right-click a line item and select Enable Quantity Editing, and the client sees an input field for that line when they open the quote. For catalogue products, turn on Recipient Can Change Quantity and set a default quantity, and restrict entries to preset values if you only sell in certain amounts. Line totals, discounts, tax and the overall total recalculate straight away, while lines you have not enabled stay fixed.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, on the lines you allow. Quantities can be any value or limited to preset values, and totals recalculate.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#clients-change-quantities",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Allowing a recipient to change the quantity",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-interactivity-and-user-control/allowing-a-recipient-to-change-the-quantity-to-order"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "clients-choose-term",
          "question": "Can customers choose a 12, 24 or 36-month term in the quote?",
          "answer": "Yes. On a repeating price line, right-click and choose Enable Term Editing as well as, or instead of, Enable Quantity Editing. The customer can then change the term value when they view the quote, and the totals recalculate. Term column settings let you set the default term and the period labels. For plan-based selling, the Contract Plans add-on stores each plan's term in months, which suits telco, IT and other service contracts.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Turn on Enable Term Editing for repeating lines and the customer can change the term themselves.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#clients-choose-term",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Quotes for telco and hosted services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-telco"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "good-better-best-packages",
          "question": "How do I offer good, better and best packages in one quote?",
          "answer": "Put each package under its own section heading in the price table, then make the headings optional as a Single Choice Heading Group. The client picks one package and the total updates to match, with no need to send three separate quotes. Mark the package you recommend as selected by default. Add multiple-choice optional rows below for extras such as an extended warranty or a support plan, so clients can upgrade within their chosen package.",
          "short_answer": "Put each package under its own section heading and make the headings a single-choice group, so the client picks one.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#good-better-best-packages",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Letting recipients choose price options",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-interactivity-and-user-control/allowing-recipients-to-choose-price-options"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "sign-and-pay-from-quote",
          "question": "Can clients sign and pay directly from the quote?",
          "answer": "Yes. Quotes are interactive documents with built-in, legally binding eSignatures, which are included on every plan. From Essentials, clients can also pay online in the same document, by card through Stripe or through PayPal, once you connect a payment gateway. You can ask for a deposit or the full amount. You are notified when a quote is opened, commented on, accepted and paid. Gateway availability and transaction fees depend on your region and provider.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Clients accept with a legally binding eSignature and pay by card through Stripe or through PayPal.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#sign-and-pay-from-quote",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "How QuoteCloud quotes get signed and paid",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quoting-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "discounts",
          "question": "How do discounts work in a QuoteCloud quote?",
          "answer": "Add a Discount column to the price table, then right-click it and open Column Settings. Set the column label, the default value, the value type (a percentage or a fixed amount) and whether the discount applies before or after tax. New lines pick up the default, and you can change the discount on any single line. Line totals, subtotals and the overall total update automatically. On Business, approval workflows can send quotes above a discount threshold to a manager before they go out.",
          "short_answer": "Add a Discount column with a label, default value, percentage or fixed type, and before- or after-tax setting.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#discounts",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Adding a discount column",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-setup-and-configuration/adding-a-discount-to-a-price-table"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "tax-and-gst",
          "question": "How is tax or GST handled in a price table?",
          "answer": "Tax appears as its own column in the price table, labelled Tax or GST depending on your setup. You can hide it, choose whether it shows in the total or the overall total, or remove it entirely by right-clicking the column header and choosing Delete Column, after which the totals recalculate without tax. On Business, optional custom fields and additional levy or tax calculations are available for quotes that need more than one tax or charge.",
          "short_answer": "Tax has its own column, labelled Tax or GST, which you can delete, hide or show in the total or overall total.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#tax-and-gst",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Removing tax from a price table",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-customisation-layout/removing-tax-from-a-price-table"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quote-currency",
          "question": "Can I quote in a different currency?",
          "answer": "Yes. In Company Settings you choose the default currency, the thousand separator and the decimal symbol, and these apply to new documents and price tables. You can set the currency on an individual quote, so the correct symbol is used across line items, subtotals and totals. QuoteCloud's sources describe setting the document currency; they do not describe automatic exchange-rate conversion, so enter prices in the currency you are quoting.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Set a company default currency and number format, and set the currency on each quote where needed.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#quote-currency",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Setting language, region and currency format",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/company-settings/set-language-country-time-zone-and-date-format"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "hide-costs-and-margins",
          "question": "Can I hide my costs and margins from the client?",
          "answer": "Yes. You control which pricing information appears in the customer-facing quote. Enter an item's cost in the catalogue, or add a Cost column for ad hoc lines, and QuoteCloud works out the profit and margin against the selling price. Those internal columns can be hidden from the client, who sees a clean selling price, while your team sees the margin before the quote is sent.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Costs, supplier prices and margins are for your team; the client only sees the selling price.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#hide-costs-and-margins",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Assigning a cost to an ad hoc line",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-setup-and-configuration/assigning-a-cost-purchase-price-to-an-adhoc-line-item-quotecloud-guide"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-the-product-catalogue",
          "question": "What is the QuoteCloud product catalogue?",
          "answer": "The product catalogue is one central library for every product and service you sell. Each product has an internal name, the price line label and note that appear on the quote, a SKU, a selling price and a cost (QuoteCloud calculates profit and margin), images, quantity rules and a default quantity. Products sit in a category with up to two subcategory levels. When building a quote you open the catalogue from the price table, search, filter by category and add several products in one action.",
          "short_answer": "A central library of the products and services you sell, with prices, costs, SKUs, images and quantity rules.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#what-is-the-product-catalogue",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Product catalogue",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/product-catalogue"
            },
            {
              "text": "Setting product attributes",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/product-catalogue-setup-and-configuration/setting-product-attributes-sku-description-pricing-and-more"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "import-products-csv",
          "question": "How do I import my products into QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Use the CSV import in the product catalogue. Your file needs at least Category, Product Name, Price Line Label and Price columns, and a sample CSV shows the format. Upload or drag in the file, click Parse CSV, map QuoteCloud's fields to your columns and click Validate Rows. Fix any errors or skip invalid rows, then watch the progress bar show imported, skipped and failed rows. An optional setting deletes existing products before the import, which you confirm by typing DELETE.",
          "short_answer": "Upload a CSV with Category, Product Name, Price Line Label and Price, map the columns, validate and import.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#import-products-csv",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Importing products from CSV",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/product-catalogue-setup-and-configuration/importing-products-from-external-sources-csv"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "recurring-products",
          "question": "Can catalogue products have subscription or recurring pricing?",
          "answer": "Yes. When you set up a product, enable recurring costs and configure the billing term and the duration in months, so subscriptions, licences, support plans and retainers sit in the catalogue alongside one-off items. When the product is added to a quote, it appears as a repeating price line with its term. With the Contract Plans add-on you can also package products into plans that carry their own term, start date and expiry date.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Turn on recurring costs for a product and set its billing term and duration in months.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#recurring-products",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Setting product attributes",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/product-catalogue-setup-and-configuration/setting-product-attributes-sku-description-pricing-and-more"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "inactive-products",
          "question": "How do I stop old or seasonal products from being quoted?",
          "answer": "Change the product's status instead of deleting it. Each product is Active, Draft or Inactive. Inactive products are marked with a padlock and cannot be added to new quotes, but they stay in the catalogue, and documents that already include them are not changed. Change the status from the product's dropdown menu in the Products Library or from the Status field in the product editor, and set it back to Active when the product returns.",
          "short_answer": "Set them to Draft or Inactive instead of deleting them; inactive products show a padlock and can't be added.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#inactive-products",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Setting a product to active or inactive",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/product-catalogue-organising-products/setting-a-product-status-to-active-or-inactive"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "catalogue-permissions-by-team",
          "question": "Can I control who edits the catalogue and what each team can quote?",
          "answer": "Yes. Role permissions decide who can create, change and delete catalogue items, so prices are managed by the people responsible for them. To limit what a team can quote, open the team, go to Product Catalog Restrictions, turn on Assign categories to this team and add the categories they should use. Team members then see and add only products from those categories, which keeps each team quoting approved products and prices.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Role permissions control catalogue editing, and Product Catalog Restrictions limit each team to chosen categories.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#catalogue-permissions-by-team",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Assigning product categories to a team",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/team-based-product-catalogue-permissions/assign-product-categories-to-a-team"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "add-products-to-quote",
          "question": "How do I add catalogue products to a quote?",
          "answer": "Click Add Product in the price table to open the catalogue, search by name or filter by category, tick the products you need and click Add to Pricing Table. Several products can be added in one action, with their labels, notes, prices and images. Once a product is in the table you can edit its details, such as the price, directly in the quote if your role allows it, and the totals recalculate automatically. Some fields may stay locked depending on the product's settings.",
          "short_answer": "Click Add Product in the price table, search or filter, tick the products and add them in one action.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#add-products-to-quote",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Editing product details from the quote",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/product-catalogue-using-the-product-catalogue-in-quotes/editing-product-details-directly-from-the-quote"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "is-quotecloud-cpq",
          "question": "Is QuoteCloud CPQ software?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud is web-based CPQ (configure, price, quote) software. Reps build quotes from a central product catalogue, price tables apply discounts, tax, margins and formulas, and approval workflows route deals that cross your thresholds. The finished quote is sent as an interactive document the customer can adjust, eSign and pay. Price tables and the catalogue start on Essentials; advanced pricing, custom formulas, product bundling and approval workflows are on Business. QuoteCloud says most teams set up their catalogue and pricing in days, with no coding.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. It covers configure, price and quote: a product catalogue, pricing rules, approvals, then signature and payment.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#is-quotecloud-cpq",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud CPQ software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/cpq-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "pricing-formulas",
          "question": "Can I use formulas in a price table?",
          "answer": "Yes. Formula is one of the custom column types you can add to a price table, so values such as markups, rates or derived totals are calculated from other columns instead of typed by hand. QuoteCloud's plan comparison lists advanced pricing and custom formulas on Business (US$59 per user per month) and Enterprise. Test a sample quote after adding a formula column to check the totals behave as you expect before sending it to a client.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Add a Formula column to calculate values from other columns; custom formulas are part of Business.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#pricing-formulas",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Using formulas in price table columns",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/price-table-integration-and-advanced-usage/using-formulas-or-calculations-within-price-table-columns-quotecloud-guide"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "approval-above-discount",
          "question": "Can quotes need approval above a certain discount or value?",
          "answer": "Yes. Approval workflows, included on Business and Enterprise, route a quote to the right approver before it can be sent. Trigger conditions include Discount Percentage, Total Value, Creator Team, Creator Role, Creator Email, Product Folder, Customer Company and Customer Account, with operators such as greater than, less than or equals. Combine conditions with AND or OR, and use switch nodes to send different deals down different approval paths, for example sending discounts above 15% to a manager.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. On Business, approval workflows can trigger on discount percentage, total value, team and other conditions.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#approval-above-discount",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Requesting approval before sending",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/request-approval-before-sending-a-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "contract-plans",
          "question": "What are Contract Plans in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Contract Plans is an opt-in extension for plan-based selling, built for telcos, ISPs and hosted service providers and available on Essentials, Business and Enterprise. Each plan has a category, name, line item description, price, term in months, start and expiry dates, attachments and assigned products. Reps quote a plan instead of rebuilding its contents each time, and the plan's term and price carry into the quote.",
          "short_answer": "An opt-in library for plan-based selling, built for telcos, ISPs and hosted service providers.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#contract-plans",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Quotes for telco and hosted services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-telco"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "spreadsheet-calculations",
          "question": "Can I embed a spreadsheet in a quote for calculations?",
          "answer": "Yes. Embedding spreadsheets for calculations is included on Business and Enterprise. Add a Spreadsheet content block to the document, enter data and formulas, format cells and merge them as needed. You can also import an existing Excel file: click the Import icon on the spreadsheet toolbar and choose a .xlsx file, which is the only format the import supports. It suits sizing tables, rate calculations and schedules that sit beside the price table.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. On Business, a Spreadsheet block holds formulas and can import an existing .xlsx file.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#spreadsheet-calculations",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Importing a spreadsheet into a document",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/spreadsheets-document-integration/importing-a-spreadsheet-xlsx-into-a-spreadsheet-block"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "estimate-vs-quote",
          "question": "What is the difference between an estimate and a quote?",
          "answer": "An estimate is an approximate price based on what you know before the work starts, while a quote is usually a fixed price for a defined scope. In QuoteCloud both are built the same way, with a price table, terms and an eSignature block, so you can title the document an estimate and state in its terms how firm the figures are and how long they are valid. Optional rows let clients add extras either way.",
          "short_answer": "An estimate is an approximate price; a quote is usually a fixed price for a defined scope.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#estimate-vs-quote",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud quoting software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quoting-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "update-a-sent-quote",
          "question": "How do I update a quote that has already been sent?",
          "answer": "Open the document's actions menu and choose Revise Last Version. QuoteCloud creates a new editable revision marked Revised and keeps the original in the document history, so you can change prices or scope and resend. Revisions and version history are included on Business and Enterprise. Once a quote has been signed and work has started, a separate change order, signed by the client, is usually clearer than revising the original.",
          "short_answer": "Use Revise Last Version: it creates a new editable revision and keeps the original in the history.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#update-a-sent-quote",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud plans",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "bulk-send-quotes",
          "question": "Can I send a quote to many customers at once?",
          "answer": "Yes. Bulk sending of sales quotes is available on Essentials, Business and Enterprise. One quote template goes to many recipients, and each copy is personalised through data items such as the name, company and pricing details. Bulk send carries volume-based costs, so check the pricing page before a large send. It suits renewal quotes and price updates, while one-off quotes are better created individually from a template.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Bulk send for sales quotes is available from Essentials, with volume-based sending costs.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#bulk-send-quotes",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Bulk send and plan details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quote-expiry",
          "question": "Can a quote expire automatically?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud can auto-expire quotes that pass their time to live, so a client cannot accept old pricing. Set the expiry date when you prepare the quote and state the validity period in its terms. On the dashboard, the Expiring Soon smart filter lists documents that are about to expire or already have, so you can follow up, or revise and resend them, before the deal goes cold.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Quotes can auto-expire after their validity period, and the Expiring Soon filter shows those near expiry.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#quote-expiry",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "The QuoteCloud document dashboard",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-dashboard"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "free-quoting-software",
          "question": "Can I create quotes on QuoteCloud's free plan?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud's Free plan lets one user send up to 2 documents a month with eSignatures and text and image blocks, through your own email service. It does not include price tables, PDF export, APIs or AI. Itemised quotes with price tables, the product catalogue and online payments start on Essentials at US$39 per user per month, which has a 14-day free trial with no credit card required. Starter, at US$14.95, adds unlimited documents and PDF export but still no price tables.",
          "short_answer": "You can send 2 signed documents a month on Free, but itemised price tables start on Essentials.",
          "plan": "Free",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/quotes-price-tables#free-quoting-software",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Compare QuoteCloud plans",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "proposals-templates",
      "name": "Proposals, templates and content",
      "group": "Create documents",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "what-is-proposal-software",
          "question": "What is QuoteCloud proposal software?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud is sales proposal software that lets you create, send, track and eSign client proposals and quotes in one place. You build each proposal in a drag-and-drop editor from templates, a shared content library and content blocks such as text, price tables, Gantt charts, diagrams and eSignatures. The client opens it in a browser on any device, chooses permitted options, comments, signs and can pay, and you are notified when it is opened. eSignatures are included on every plan.",
          "short_answer": "Software for building, sending, tracking and eSigning proposals from templates, reusable content and interactive pricing.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#what-is-proposal-software",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud proposal software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/proposal-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "rfp-responses",
          "question": "Can I use QuoteCloud to respond to RFPs and tenders?",
          "answer": "Yes. Keep approved answers, case studies, policies and team bios in the company content library, start each response from a template, add a price table for the pricing schedule and route it through an approval workflow before submission. QuoteCloud does not connect to tender portals or find tenders for you, so when a buyer requires an upload, export the finished response as a PDF (included from Starter) and upload it yourself.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, by reusing approved answers from the content library; it is not a tender portal and doesn't find tenders.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#rfp-responses",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Proposal software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/proposal-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "gantt-chart-in-proposal",
          "question": "How do I add a Gantt chart to a proposal?",
          "answer": "Add the Gantt Chart content block in the editor. It starts with a default structure of task rows, a time axis, duration bars and milestone markers. Enter your tasks with start and end dates or durations, then right-click a task, choose Edit Task and use the Predecessors and Successors tabs to link dependent tasks, so related tasks move together when dates change. Task groups can be expanded or collapsed. Gantt charts are included on Business and Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "Add the Gantt Chart content block, enter tasks with dates or durations and link dependent tasks. It's on Business.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#gantt-chart-in-proposal",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Creating task dependencies in a Gantt chart",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-gantt-chart/creating-task-dependencies"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "flowcharts-and-diagrams",
          "question": "Can I add a flowchart or diagram to a proposal?",
          "answer": "Yes. The Diagram content block lets you build flowcharts, decision trees and org charts inside a QuoteCloud document from shapes such as rectangles, ovals and diamonds, joined with arrows and lines. You can move and resize shapes and edit their text, colours, fonts and line styles. The diagram appears when the document is shared, exported as a PDF or printed. Flowcharts and diagrams are included on Business and Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The Diagram block builds flowcharts, decision trees and org charts inside the document. It's on Business.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#flowcharts-and-diagrams",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "What is the flowchart diagram block",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-diagram-content-block-introduction-and-setup/what-is-the-flowchart-diagram-content-block"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "forms-in-documents",
          "question": "Can a form sit inside a proposal or contract?",
          "answer": "Yes. Forms is one of the 20 content blocks, so a form can sit alongside text, price tables, PDFs and an eSignature block in the same document. A contract can collect the client's details and signature together, and a quote can ask for site information before it is accepted. Common uses are intake and onboarding forms, project briefs, service requests, consent forms and site surveys. The form builder is included on Business and Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The Forms block sits beside text, price tables and the eSignature block in one document. It's on Business.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#forms-in-documents",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Plan comparison",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "ready-made-templates",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud have ready-made proposal and quote templates?",
          "answer": "Yes. When you click Create Template, QuoteCloud shows a gallery of ready-made templates organised into industry categories, along with ready-made price table styles. Pick one and it is added to your Templates dashboard, ready to edit with your content, branding and pricing. You can also browse public templates on the QuoteCloud website before you sign up. Public and custom document templates are included on Essentials and above.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. A template gallery organised by industry gives you a starting point you then brand and edit.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#ready-made-templates",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Browse QuoteCloud templates",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/templates"
            },
            {
              "text": "Quote templates",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quote-templates"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "create-a-template",
          "question": "How do I create a template in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Open Templates from the left navigation menu and click Create Template. Start from a blank template or choose a ready-made one from the gallery, which adds it to your Templates dashboard. Open the template card and edit the content, layout, branding, price tables, data items and document settings. Templates can be Draft or Published; choose Publish Template from a draft's three-dot menu to make it available when your team creates new documents.",
          "short_answer": "Go to Templates, click Create Template, start blank or from the gallery, customise it and save it for reuse.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#create-a-template",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Creating and using document templates",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-template/creating-and-using-document-templates"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "convert-existing-template",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud convert my existing Word or PDF template?",
          "answer": "Yes. Send the document you use today, such as a Word file or a PDF, and the QuoteCloud team rebuilds it as a QuoteCloud template ready in your template library. One existing template is converted free during your trial on Essentials, Business and Enterprise, together with a complimentary 45-minute training session. Additional conversions are a paid add-on billed per template. You can also rebuild documents yourself from drag-and-drop blocks, public templates and your content library.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. One existing template is converted free during your trial on paid plans; more are a paid add-on.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#convert-existing-template",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Template conversion and training details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "manage-templates",
          "question": "How do I edit, duplicate or delete a template?",
          "answer": "In the Templates dashboard, open the three-dot menu on a template card. Rename & Move updates the template's title, category and description; Duplicate Template creates a copy you can turn into a variant; Publish Template makes a draft available for new documents; and Delete Template removes it after you confirm. To change a template's content, open its card and edit it in the document editor.",
          "short_answer": "Use the three-dot menu on the template card to rename and move, duplicate, publish or delete it.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#manage-templates",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Edit, duplicate and delete templates",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-templates/edit-duplicate-delete-existing-document-templates"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "personalise-with-data-items",
          "question": "How do I fill templates with client and deal details automatically?",
          "answer": "Use data items, QuoteCloud's merge fields. Global custom data items are created in Settings under Custom Data Items for Document, Contact or Product, as Text, Number, Dropdown or Date fields with an optional default and a required setting. You can also create data items that exist only in one template or document. Insert them into text blocks from the Data Items menu, and when someone creates a document from the template, the Data Items step asks for the values to fill in.",
          "short_answer": "Use data items: placeholders for document, contact and product fields that fill in when a document is created.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#personalise-with-data-items",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Adding global custom data items",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/settings-custom-data-item-global-data-items/add-a-global-custom-data-items"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "templates-per-team",
          "question": "Can each sales team use its own templates?",
          "answer": "Yes. In a team's settings, turn on Template Restrictions and assign the templates that team should use, so each team works from the layouts meant for its market. You can also assign product categories to a team, so reps only quote relevant products. Role permissions control who can access, add to or edit the content library. Unlimited sales teams and custom user roles are included on Essentials, Business and Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Template Restrictions assign templates to a team, and product categories and role permissions narrow what each team uses.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#templates-per-team",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Assigning product categories to a team",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/team-based-product-catalogue-permissions/assign-product-categories-to-a-team"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-content-library",
          "question": "What is the QuoteCloud content library?",
          "answer": "The content library is one place for the content your team reuses in proposals and quotes: approved text, company introductions, terms, case studies, price tables, images and PDFs. Each item is a content block you drag into any document, so nobody rewrites sections or copies them from old proposals. Content is either personal (My Content) or shared company-wide (Company), organised in folders. Content libraries are included on Essentials, Business and Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "One place for the approved text, price tables, images and PDFs your team reuses, as drag-in content blocks.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#what-is-content-library",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Content library",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/content-library"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "add-to-content-library",
          "question": "How do I add content to the library?",
          "answer": "In the document editor, select a block or a group of blocks, right-click and choose Add selected to content library. Choose Personal or Company, pick or create a folder, give it a name and an optional description, and save. Price tables and other interactive blocks keep their behaviour when saved. You can also click Upload Content in the Content Library to upload images and PDFs straight into a chosen folder.",
          "short_answer": "Select blocks in the editor, right-click, choose Add selected to content library, then pick Personal or Company.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#add-to-content-library",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Adding a block to the content library",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/content-libraries/creating-and-managing-content/adding-a-content-block-to-the-content-library-from-the-document-editor"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "insert-library-content",
          "question": "How do I insert library content into a document?",
          "answer": "Open the Content Library panel in the editor, find the block and drag it onto the page; a highlighted drop zone shows where it will land. To add several at once, tick each block's selection circle and drag them in together, and they keep their order. Pin the blocks you use most so they sit in a Pinned section at the top of the panel. Inserted blocks keep their formatting and interactive features, such as price table options.",
          "short_answer": "Open the Content Library panel in the editor and drag the block onto the page; select several to add them together.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#insert-library-content",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Dragging library content into a document",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/content-libraries/using-content-library-blocks/drag-and-drop-content-from-the-library-into-a-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "organise-content-library",
          "question": "How do I organise and find content in the library?",
          "answer": "Organise content into folders you can create, rename, delete and import files into. On the Content Libraries page, search, filter by folder or by table columns, sort by columns and clear filters when done. You can configure the table layout to show, hide and reorder columns, and change records per page. Bulk actions let you select several blocks and move them to a folder, move them between Company and My Content, or delete them.",
          "short_answer": "Use folders, search, filters and sorting, and bulk-move or delete blocks from the Content Libraries page.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#organise-content-library",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Content library",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/content-library"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "content-library-permissions",
          "question": "Can I control who can use or edit the content library?",
          "answer": "Yes. In Users, Teams & Roles you assign roles to each user, and each role's Content Libraries permissions control whether it can access the library and whether it can create, modify or delete content blocks or add content from documents. That keeps control of shared company content, such as legal terms and pricing notes, with the right people while everyone else can still use it in their documents.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Role permissions decide who can access the library and who can create, modify or delete content.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#content-library-permissions",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Restricting content library access by role",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/content-libraries/content-library-permissions-and-security/restricting-access-to-the-content-libraries-by-user-role"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-content-locking",
          "question": "What is content locking in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Content locking protects approved content in your company content library. A locked block can still be dragged into quotes, proposals and contracts and used as normal, but it stays non-editable there, so legal text, warranties, pricing notes and brand copy appear exactly as approved in every document. Only users with the right permissions can unlock it. Locking does not rename, move or change the block. Content locking is included on Business and Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "Locked company library blocks can be dragged into documents but not edited there. It's on Business.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#what-is-content-locking",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Content locking",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/content-locking"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "lock-and-unlock-blocks",
          "question": "How do I lock or unlock a content block, and who can do it?",
          "answer": "Open Libraries, then Content Libraries, find the block and click the lock icon in its row. The icon shows whether the block is locked or unlocked, and clicking it again switches it back. Only administrators and users whose role has the necessary Content Libraries permissions can change the lock status, and the icon tells everyone else the block is protected. Locking only controls editability; the block's name, content and folder stay the same.",
          "short_answer": "Click the lock icon in the block's row in the Content Library; only users with permission can change it.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#lock-and-unlock-blocks",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Lock and unlock content blocks",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/content-libraries/content-management/lock-and-unlock-content-blocks"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "stop-terms-being-changed",
          "question": "How do I stop staff changing the legal terms in a contract?",
          "answer": "Save your standard clauses, such as terms of service, liability and payment terms, as blocks in the company content library and lock each one. Reps can still drag the locked blocks into any contract or quote, but cannot edit them there, and only admins or users with the right role permissions can unlock them in the library. Build the locked blocks into your templates so every new document starts with the approved wording. Content locking is part of the Business plan.",
          "short_answer": "Save your standard clauses as company library blocks and lock them; reps can insert but not edit them.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#stop-terms-being-changed",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Content locking",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/content-locking"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "drag-and-drop-editor",
          "question": "What is the QuoteCloud drag-and-drop editor?",
          "answer": "It is the editor you build every QuoteCloud document in. Instead of typing into one long page, you drag content blocks such as text, images, price tables, eSignatures, Gantt charts and forms onto the page, arrange them and style them. Proposals, quotes, contracts, itineraries and presentations all start here, and the finished document is interactive for your client. Which blocks are available depends on your plan.",
          "short_answer": "The editor every QuoteCloud document is built in: drag content blocks onto the page, arrange and style them.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#drag-and-drop-editor",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Drag and drop editor",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/drag-and-drop-editor"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "canvas-vs-grid-mode",
          "question": "What is the difference between Canvas mode and Grid mode?",
          "answer": "Canvas mode is a freeform design canvas, like a presentation tool: you place blocks anywhere on the page, resize them and layer them for designed cover pages, brochures and visual pitches. Grid mode builds the page from rows and columns: choose how many columns a row has, set their widths and stack blocks inside them, which suits structured, repeatable documents such as quotes, statements of work and reports.",
          "short_answer": "Canvas places blocks freely and in layers; Grid builds pages from rows and columns for structured documents.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#canvas-vs-grid-mode",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Drag and drop editor",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/drag-and-drop-editor"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "content-blocks",
          "question": "Which content blocks can I use in a document?",
          "answer": "There are 20 content blocks: Price Table, Text, eSignature, Forms, Gantt Chart, Diagram, Spreadsheet, PDF, Video, Image, Gallery, Button, QR Code, Barcode, Shapes, Table of Contents, Itinerary, Empty Space, Table and Whiteboard. You can mix them freely in one document, so pricing, plans, forms and the signature live together. Text and image blocks are on every plan; price tables, barcodes and QR codes start on Essentials; forms, Gantt charts, diagrams and spreadsheets are on Business.",
          "short_answer": "There are 20, including Price Table, Text, eSignature, Forms, Gantt Chart, Diagram, Spreadsheet, PDF and Itinerary.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#content-blocks",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Plan comparison",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "style-documents",
          "question": "How do I style rows, columns and blocks?",
          "answer": "You can set margins, padding and borders on rows, columns and individual blocks, add background colours or images to pages, containers, columns and blocks, and make a row full page width. Rows and columns can be reordered, duplicated and copy-pasted. A default typography setting makes every heading and paragraph use your chosen fonts, including fonts uploaded to your company Font Book, and anchor links let readers jump between sections.",
          "short_answer": "Set margins, padding, borders and background colours or images, make rows full width and set default typography.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#style-documents",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Setting margins, padding and borders",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-margins-padding-and-borders/setting-margins-padding-and-borders-for-containers-columns-and-content-blocks"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "hide-content",
          "question": "Can I hide parts of a document from the client or from the PDF?",
          "answer": "Yes. Right-click a section tab and choose Hide from Recipient to keep that section, such as internal notes, out of the client's view; hidden sections are shaded in the editor. To keep a section in the online document but leave it out of the exported PDF, choose Hide from recipient PDF, which marks the section with a slashed file icon. Repeat the same steps to show the section again.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Right-click a section tab and choose Hide from Recipient, or Hide from recipient PDF.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#hide-content",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Hiding content from a recipient",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-additional-topics/hide-document-content-from-a-recipient"
            },
            {
              "text": "Hiding content in the PDF",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-additional-topics/hiding-content-in-the-pdf-format-of-documents"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "pdf-export",
          "question": "Can I export a proposal as a PDF?",
          "answer": "Yes. PDF export is included on Starter and above. From the PDF Export panel you generate a PDF preview and download it. To control the layout, insert Break page here where a new page should start, add headers and footers with logos, dates and legal text, and use fixed-height pages with background images for designed pages. Sections can be hidden from the PDF while staying in the online document.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, from Starter. Add page breaks, PDF headers and footers, and fixed-height pages to control the layout.",
          "plan": "Starter",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#pdf-export",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Adding page breaks for PDF export",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/formatting-content-for-pdf/adding-page-breaks-for-pdf-export-of-documents"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "image-editor",
          "question": "Can I edit photos inside a proposal?",
          "answer": "Yes. The built-in Photo & Image Editor opens from image and gallery blocks, images inside text, shape image fills, page, column and container backgrounds, and video thumbnails. Crop freely or to 1:1, 4:3 or 21:9, rotate and straighten, apply filter presets and brightness, contrast, saturation, hue and blur, erase plain backgrounds, and add text, shapes, drawings and a logo on separate layers. Edits are non-destructive and save straight back into the document. QuoteCloud's plan comparison lists image editing on Starter and above.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The built-in image editor crops, rotates, filters, erases backgrounds and adds text, shapes and logos.",
          "plan": "Starter",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#image-editor",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Photo and image editor",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/photo-image-editor"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "canva-images",
          "question": "Can I use Canva designs in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Yes. Click inside an Image block and choose Canva in the image picker, or choose Canva directly from the block options menu. Canva opens in a new browser tab, where you design from scratch or from a Canva template. When you click Return to QuoteCloud, the finished design is uploaded and placed in an Image block in your document automatically. Canva designs can also be used as container, column and page backgrounds.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Open Canva from an Image block or the block menu, design, then click Return to QuoteCloud to insert it.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#canva-images",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Creating an image block with Canva",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-image-creation-canva-editing/create-canva-image-block"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "embed-pdf-and-video",
          "question": "Can I add PDFs and videos to a proposal?",
          "answer": "Yes. Click the + icon between pages and choose Embedded PDF to show a PDF's pages inside the document, or Upload Attachment to add it as a file recipients can view and download, which suits spec sheets, drawings and brochures. For video, add a Video block, right-click it, open Video Block Settings and paste a YouTube URL into the Video URL field; the video then plays inside the document. Images can also be dragged straight onto the page.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Embed a PDF as inline pages or attach it for download, and paste a YouTube link into a Video block.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/proposals-templates#embed-pdf-and-video",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Embedding PDF files",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor/images-and-media/embedding-and-displaying-ad-hoc-pdf-files"
            },
            {
              "text": "Inserting videos",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-general-use/inserting-videos-or-youtube-links-into-a-document"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "branding-ai",
      "name": "Branding and AI",
      "group": "Create documents",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "what-can-i-brand",
          "question": "What can I brand in QuoteCloud documents?",
          "answer": "Upload your company logo under Details & Branding, add your own typefaces to the Font Book and set a default typography so headings and paragraphs use them. Style containers, columns and blocks with your colours, borders and background images, style price table headers, lines and totals, and add PDF headers and footers with your logo, dates and legal text. Save styled sections to the content library and build templates from them, so every proposal and quote starts on brand.",
          "short_answer": "Your logo, your fonts, colours and backgrounds, price table styling and PDF headers and footers.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#what-can-i-brand",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Custom branding",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/custom-branding-themes"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "upload-company-logo",
          "question": "How do I add or change my company logo?",
          "answer": "Click the profile icon in the lower-left corner, choose Settings and open the Details & Branding tab under Company Settings. In the Company Logo section, click the Upload Logo panel and choose your file, or hover over an existing logo and click the Change icon to replace it. With White Labeling turned on, the logo appears in the document viewer's top bar before the document title and at the top of client emails.",
          "short_answer": "Go to Settings, Details & Branding, and upload or replace the logo in the Company Logo section.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#upload-company-logo",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "How to white label QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/company-settings/how-to-whitelabel-quotecloud-remove-quoteqloud-branding-and-use-your-own-logo-branding"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "brand-fonts",
          "question": "Can I use my own brand fonts?",
          "answer": "Yes. Open Settings, then Font Book, and use the Upload Font tab to add TTF, OTF, WOFF or WOFF2 files, up to 50 MB each, including several files for a family's weights and styles. Preview them on the Browse Fonts tab, where you can also edit, download or delete fonts. Uploaded fonts are available across your company's documents and templates and can be used in your default typography. Check that your font licence allows embedding in client documents.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Upload TTF, OTF, WOFF or WOFF2 files to the company Font Book and use them in documents and templates.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#brand-fonts",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Uploading a new font",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/font-book/upload-a-new-font"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "branded-pdfs",
          "question": "How do I brand the PDF version of a document?",
          "answer": "Hover over the top of a page and click Edit Header, then drag in an Image, Shape or Text block, for example your logo from an upload or from Unsplash, and position it. The footer works the same way. Headers and footers repeat on every page of the exported PDF, so logos, contact details, dates and legal notices appear consistently. Generate a preview from the PDF Export panel to check the result, especially after uploading a new font. PDF export is included from Starter.",
          "short_answer": "Add PDF page headers and footers with Image, Shape or Text blocks for your logo, dates and legal text.",
          "plan": "Starter",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#branded-pdfs",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Adding PDF headers and footers",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/formatting-content-for-pdf/adding-pdf-page-header-and-footers"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "who-can-change-branding",
          "question": "Who on my team can change the branding?",
          "answer": "Branding lives in Company Settings, and access to it is controlled by user roles. Only users whose role has System Config, Enable Company Settings turned on can upload logos and fonts or change the white labeling settings. Everyone else creates documents with the branding as it has been set up, so the brand stays protected without slowing down the people writing quotes and proposals.",
          "short_answer": "Users whose role has Company Settings enabled; everyone else creates documents with the brand as set.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#who-can-change-branding",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Uploading a new font",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/font-book/upload-a-new-font"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "keep-team-on-brand",
          "question": "How do I keep every rep's documents on brand?",
          "answer": "Build branded templates and give each team the ones it should use, then save styled sections, such as a two-column signature section with your colours, borders and data items, to the company content library. Templates and the content library are on Essentials. On Business, content locking stops approved blocks from being edited while reps can still drag them into documents, and custom branding applies your own logo and fonts throughout.",
          "short_answer": "Use branded templates and styled content library sections; on Business, lock approved blocks so they can't be edited.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#keep-team-on-brand",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Creating styled content templates",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/content-libraries-using-content-library-blocks/creating-styled-content-templates-for-consistent-branding"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "remove-quotecloud-branding",
          "question": "Can I remove QuoteCloud branding from what my clients see?",
          "answer": "Yes. In Settings, Details & Branding, the White Labeling (logos) options let you hide all QuoteCloud logos from both the document viewer and client emails, or choose each separately. Your uploaded company logo takes their place in the viewer's top bar and at the top of each email. Combined with sending from your own email service, clients see your brand from the inbox to the signature. Custom branding is listed on the Business and Enterprise plans.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. White Labeling hides QuoteCloud logos from the document viewer and client emails and shows your logo instead.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#remove-quotecloud-branding",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "How to white label QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/company-settings/how-to-whitelabel-quotecloud-remove-quoteqloud-branding-and-use-your-own-logo-branding"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "custom-branding-plan",
          "question": "Which plan includes custom branding?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud's plan comparison lists custom branding on Business (US$59 per user per month) and Enterprise. Its pricing notes describe Custom Branding, which gives your documents your own logo, colours and a custom domain for fully white-labelled delivery, as a paid add-on that requires a minimum of 5 users. Connecting your own email service is separate and included on every plan. Ask the QuoteCloud team to confirm the branding set-up for your account size.",
          "short_answer": "Business and Enterprise. QuoteCloud describes Custom Branding as a paid add-on with a minimum of 5 users.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#custom-branding-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud plans and pricing notes",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "custom-domain",
          "question": "Can documents be delivered on my own domain?",
          "answer": "Yes. The Custom Branding add-on includes a custom domain for fully white-labelled document delivery, alongside your own logo and colours, and requires a minimum of 5 users. The Enterprise plan also lists a custom URL. Without a custom domain, you can still hide QuoteCloud logos through White Labeling and send every document from your own email address, so clients see your brand in the inbox and the document viewer.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, with the Custom Branding add-on, which includes a custom domain; Enterprise also includes a custom URL.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#custom-domain",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Custom branding and Enterprise details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "send-from-own-email",
          "question": "Can I send documents from my own email address?",
          "answer": "Yes. Connecting your own email service is included on every plan, including Free. In Settings, Email Setup, connect Gmail (through the Gmail API for Google G Suite, by signing in with Google), Outlook 365 (by signing in with Microsoft) or any provider that supports SMTP. Documents are then sent from your business address with the sender name you choose, so clients see your name on every email rather than QuoteCloud's.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, on every plan. Connect Gmail, Outlook 365 or any SMTP service in Email Setup.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#send-from-own-email",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Email white labelling",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/email-white-labeling"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "smtp-settings",
          "question": "What do I need to connect an SMTP email service?",
          "answer": "For SMTP, enter the sender email address, the SMTP host, the port, the username and password, and whether your provider uses TLS or SSL. Your email provider supplies these details. If a connection fails, check each value and whether your provider requires an app password or permission for third-party apps. Gmail and Outlook 365 connect by signing in with Google or Microsoft instead of entering SMTP details.",
          "short_answer": "Your sender email, SMTP host, port, username and password, plus the TLS or SSL setting from your provider.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#smtp-settings",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Email white labelling",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/email-white-labeling"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "multiple-email-services",
          "question": "Can I connect more than one email service?",
          "answer": "Yes. You can connect several email services and From addresses, then pick the one to use on each send from the From dropdown, with an editable sender name. For each service, choose Use for Documents, Default for Documents, Use for Campaigns or Default for Campaigns, so for example proposals go from a sales address and marketing campaigns from another. Connected services are available on every plan.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Connect several, choose one per send from the From list, and set defaults for documents and campaigns.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#multiple-email-services",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Email white labelling",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/email-white-labeling"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "customise-document-emails",
          "question": "Can I customise the email that goes with each document?",
          "answer": "Yes. In Email Templates you write the default subject and message for sending a document and for sending a revision, insert merge fields such as the recipient's name and your company details, and add your signature. Start from a sample template or from scratch, save several templates with their own names, and choose the one you want each time you send. Your clients receive an email in your words rather than a generic notification.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Email templates set the subject, message, merge fields and signature for sending and revising documents.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#customise-document-emails",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Email white labelling",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/email-white-labeling"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "email-campaigns",
          "question": "Can I send email marketing campaigns from QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Yes. Email marketing campaigns are available on Essentials, Business and Enterprise, with unlimited email marketing audience data. Campaigns are priced for volume, so sending them uses email sending credits. You can send campaigns through your own connected email service and set it as the default for campaigns, separately from the service you use for documents.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, from Essentials. Campaigns use volume-based sending credits and can go through your own email service.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#email-campaigns",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Campaign pricing on the plan comparison",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-ai-coworker",
          "question": "What is QuoteCloud's AI Co-Worker?",
          "answer": "AI Co-Worker is an AI assistant built into the QuoteCloud document editor. Ask it in plain words and it drafts proposal content such as introductions, value propositions and executive summaries, improves or rewrites existing content, and turns rough information from other sources into ready-made content blocks such as itinerary segments and pricing tables. You work in the same document, without switching apps or copying between tools. AI Co-Worker is included on Business and Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "An AI assistant built into the document editor that drafts and rewrites proposal content, on the Business plan.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#what-is-ai-coworker",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "AI Co-Worker in QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/ai-coworker-in-quotecloud"
            },
            {
              "text": "AI document assistant",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/ai-document-assistant"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-can-ai-coworker-do",
          "question": "What can I ask AI Co-Worker to do?",
          "answer": "Use the suggestions, such as Write a proposal introduction, Improve existing content or Create value proposition, or type a request. It can write a section from a brief or your call notes, expand, shorten or rewrite content in another tone, and draft executive summaries. Ask for heading or body typography in plain words and the document restyles. It can also change a pricing table in plain words, for example adding a catalogue product, making an item optional or letting the client change a quantity, with undo.",
          "short_answer": "Write sections from a brief or notes, rewrite, shorten or expand content, change tone, restyle typography and edit price tables.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#what-can-ai-coworker-do",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "AI Co-Worker in QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/ai-coworker-in-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "turn-notes-into-content",
          "question": "Can AI Co-Worker turn notes, price lists or airfare searches into a proposal?",
          "answer": "Yes. Paste or attach rough material and AI Co-Worker rebuilds it as content blocks inside your document. Raw airfare search results become formatted itinerary segments with flights, dates and times; supplier rates pasted from an email become pricing table line items with quantities, tax and a total; and scribbled call notes become a client-ready introduction in the tone you chose. You can attach a file, such as call notes, for it to work from, then choose Regenerate or Insert.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. It rebuilds call notes as an introduction, supplier rates as a pricing table and airfare searches as itineraries.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#turn-notes-into-content",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "AI Co-Worker in QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/ai-coworker-in-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "ai-tone-and-rules",
          "question": "How do I keep AI-written content on brand?",
          "answer": "Set it once in AI Co-Worker's settings. Choose a tone (Neutral, Friendly, Professional, Concise, Persuasive or Technical), add Assistant Rules, such as always mentioning your price-hold period or avoiding jargon, and describe your business in About You. Every rep's drafts then start from the same voice, while your templates, content library and brand typography keep the layout and styling consistent.",
          "short_answer": "Set a tone, Assistant Rules and an About You description once, so every rep's drafts start from the same voice.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#ai-tone-and-rules",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "AI document assistant",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/ai-document-assistant"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "ai-content-review",
          "question": "Does AI-generated content go out without being checked?",
          "answer": "No. Content written by AI Co-Worker is flagged in the document until a person accepts, edits or rejects it, so your team has the final say on every block before the proposal is sent. Like any AI, AI Co-Worker can make mistakes, and QuoteCloud advises checking important information before sending. Pricing changes it makes in a price table can be undone.",
          "short_answer": "No. AI content stays flagged until a person accepts, edits or rejects it.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#ai-content-review",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "AI Co-Worker in QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/ai-coworker-in-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "ai-plan",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plan includes AI?",
          "answer": "AI automated content writing with AI Co-Worker and the MCP AI Service are included on Business, at US$59 per user per month (AU$94.95 in Australia), and on Enterprise. The Free, Starter and Essentials plans do not include AI. Business starts with a 14-day free trial with no credit card required, so you can try AI Co-Worker on your own proposals before you buy.",
          "short_answer": "Business (US$59 per user per month) and Enterprise. Free, Starter and Essentials do not include AI.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#ai-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud plans and pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "mcp-ai-service",
          "question": "What is the QuoteCloud MCP AI Service?",
          "answer": "The MCP AI Service uses the Model Context Protocol so you can work with QuoteCloud from an AI assistant that supports MCP, rather than only inside the QuoteCloud editor. It is listed in the plan comparison on Business and Enterprise, alongside AI Co-Worker. AI Co-Worker drafts and rewrites content inside your documents, while the MCP service connects QuoteCloud to the AI tools your team already uses.",
          "short_answer": "A Model Context Protocol service that lets you work with QuoteCloud from your own AI assistant, on Business.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/branding-ai#mcp-ai-service",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Plan comparison",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "esignatures",
      "name": "eSignatures",
      "group": "Sign and get paid",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "legally-binding",
          "question": "Are QuoteCloud eSignatures legally binding?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud eSignatures are legally binding and eIDAS compliant, eIDAS being the EU regulation for electronic signatures. Every completed document includes a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail, documents are protected with 256-bit encryption on Amazon Web Services hosting, and you can switch on one-time passcode verification so the right person signs. Electronic signatures are widely used for quotes, proposals, contracts and other business agreements, but some documents carry special legal requirements, so check the rules that apply to your document type and jurisdiction.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud eSignatures are legally binding and eIDAS compliant, with a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail on every completed document.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#legally-binding",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud electronic signature software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/free-esignature-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-an-electronic-signature",
          "question": "What is an electronic signature?",
          "answer": "An electronic signature, or eSignature, is the digital counterpart of a handwritten signature: a way for a person to show they agree to the content of an electronic document. In QuoteCloud, the signer draws, types or uploads their signature in an E-Signature block inside the quote, proposal or contract. QuoteCloud then keeps a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail as the record of the signing, so there is no printing, scanning or posting paper back.",
          "short_answer": "An electronic signature is the digital counterpart of a handwritten signature, used to agree to an electronic document.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#what-is-an-electronic-signature",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Electronic signatures explained",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/free-esignature-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "advanced-qualified-signatures",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud offer advanced (AES) or qualified (QES) electronic signatures?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud's published materials describe eIDAS-compliant electronic signatures with optional one-time passcode verification, a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail on every completed document. They do not list advanced (AES) or qualified (QES) electronic signatures, which some regulated agreements require. For everyday quotes, proposals, contracts and agreements a standard electronic signature is commonly used; if a document legally needs AES or QES where you operate, confirm with QuoteCloud and your legal adviser before relying on it.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud publishes eIDAS-compliant electronic signatures with optional passcode verification; it does not list advanced or qualified signature levels.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#advanced-qualified-signatures",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "document-types",
          "question": "Which documents can I send for eSignature?",
          "answer": "Sales quotes, proposals, contracts, service agreements, order forms, acceptance forms and other business documents that need a signature or initials, such as NDAs, statements of work, change orders and offer letters. You can build the document in QuoteCloud or upload one you already have: QuoteCloud lets you upload, send and eSign PDFs, images and DocX files. Pricing, forms, approvals and signatures can all sit in the same document your customer signs.",
          "short_answer": "Quotes, proposals, contracts, agreements, order forms, acceptance forms and other business documents, including PDFs you already have.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#document-types",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Free eSignature software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/free-esignature-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "security",
          "question": "How secure are signed documents in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud protects documents with 256-bit encryption and hosts them on Amazon Web Services. Signatures are eIDAS compliant, every completed document includes a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail, and optional one-time passcode verification adds a check on who is signing. Inside your account, user roles and permissions control who can see and change documents, and the Enterprise plan adds single sign-on, IP range filtering and advanced security controls.",
          "short_answer": "Documents are protected with 256-bit encryption on AWS hosting, with an audit trail and certificate of authenticity behind every signed document.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#security",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "change-after-signing",
          "question": "How do I change a quote or contract after it has been sent or signed?",
          "answer": "If the document has been sent but not signed, use Revise Last Version from the document's actions menu. QuoteCloud creates a new editable revision marked Revised, keeps the earlier version in the document history, and you send the updated version for signature. Once a document is signed, agree changes in writing rather than editing it: many teams send a change order or variation that refers to the original and is signed by both parties. Revisions and version history are part of the Business plan.",
          "short_answer": "Before signing, revise the document and send the new version; after signing, agree the change in a new document both parties sign.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#change-after-signing",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "signer-account",
          "question": "Do my clients need a QuoteCloud account to sign?",
          "answer": "No. Only the sender needs a QuoteCloud account. Signers open the document from the email or link you send and sign in their web browser on a phone, tablet or computer, with no account to create and nothing to download. They draw, type or upload their signature, click Sign, and the signature is added to the document straight away.",
          "short_answer": "No. Signers open the document from your email or link and sign in their browser, with nothing to install.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#signer-account",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Send documents for signature",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/signature-request"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-clients-sign",
          "question": "How do clients sign a QuoteCloud document?",
          "answer": "The client opens the document and clicks Sign Document at the top right of the toolbar. Their name appears above the E-Signature field assigned to them, and if the Sign Here pointer is on it highlights the exact spot. They draw a signature with a mouse, trackpad or touchscreen, type it and choose a signature style, or upload an image of it, pick black, blue or red ink, enter their first and last name and click Sign. If others still need to sign, the client sees Pending Other Signers.",
          "short_answer": "They click Sign Document, go to the field with their name, draw, type or upload a signature and click Sign.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#how-clients-sign",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "How to sign an E-Signature block as a recipient",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/e-signatures/how-to-sign-an-e-signature-block-as-a-document-recipient"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "sign-on-phone",
          "question": "Can clients sign on a mobile phone or tablet?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud documents open in the browser on desktop and mobile devices, so clients can review and sign a quote, proposal or contract wherever they are, from the office, at home or on site. On a touchscreen they can draw their signature with a finger or stylus, or they can type it or upload an image instead. There is no app to install and no QuoteCloud account to create.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Clients can sign in the browser on a phone, tablet or computer, drawing with a finger on a touchscreen if they like.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#sign-on-phone",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "send-for-signature",
          "question": "How do I send a document for eSignature in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "In the document editor, open the Recipients panel and add the people who will receive the document. Click + to add an E-Signature block where a signature belongs, right-click it, choose E-Sign Block Settings and pick the recipient under Signer. Repeat for each signer. Then click Send and choose Send Via Email, Send Via Link or Sign document in-person. You can follow the document from your dashboard, where the Signing status shows documents still waiting for signatures.",
          "short_answer": "Add recipients, place an E-Signature block, assign each block a signer, then send by email, by link or sign in person.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#send-for-signature",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Assign a recipient to an E-Signature block",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-esignature-content-block-creating-and-editing-esignature/assigning-a-recipient-to-e-signature"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "sign-existing-pdf",
          "question": "Can I e-sign a PDF I already have?",
          "answer": "Yes. Upload the existing PDF and place electronic signatures, initials, text fields and date fields exactly where they belong, then assign each field to the right signer. The PDF forms the underlying page, so it keeps its original design and you don't need to rebuild it in another editor. The completed document gets the same certificate of authenticity and audit trail as a document built in QuoteCloud. Images and DocX files can also be uploaded, sent and eSigned.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Upload the PDF, place signature, initials, text and date fields over its pages, assign signers and send it.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#sign-existing-pdf",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Sign PDFs online with QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/free-esignature-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "sign-in-person",
          "question": "Can a client sign in person on my device?",
          "answer": "Yes. On the dashboard, open the document's actions menu (the ellipsis) and choose Sign Document In Person. Select the recipient who is signing and click Sign as. The document opens in the viewer: click Sign Document, and QuoteCloud takes you to the Sign Here field, where the client draws, types or uploads their signature and clicks Sign. The document needs at least one recipient assigned before in-person signing can start. It suits signing on site, at a counter or in a meeting.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Choose Sign Document In Person from the document's menu, pick the signer and hand over your phone, tablet or computer.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#sign-in-person",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Sign a document in person",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/dashboard/document-management/sign-a-document-in-person"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "signature-placement",
          "question": "Where can I put the signature in a document?",
          "answer": "Anywhere it belongs. The E-Signature block can sit at the end of a contract, beside an acceptance clause, inside an approval section or next to customer details, not just on a signature page. One document can have several signature locations, and each signer can sign in more than one place. You can also add electronic initials wherever a clause, page or section needs to be acknowledged.",
          "short_answer": "Anywhere. Place the E-Signature block beside an acceptance clause, in an approval section or at the end, as often as needed.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#signature-placement",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Add an E-Signature block",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-esignature-content-block-creating-and-editing-esignature/how-to-add-an-e-signature-block-to-your-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "customise-signature-block",
          "question": "Can I customise the signature block and make a signature optional?",
          "answer": "Yes. Right-click an E-Signature block and choose E-Sign Block Settings. You can change the title, for example to Signed by, edit the placeholder inside the signature area, assign the signer, and turn Required on or off. Required signatures are marked with a red indicator and must be completed before the document can complete; optional ones can be skipped. The Show Sign Here Pointer setting is controlled separately for each block, so you can guide signers to the fields that matter.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Change the label and placeholder text, set Required on or off and show or hide the Sign Here pointer per block.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#customise-signature-block",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Make an e-signature required or optional",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-esignature-content-block-creating-and-editing-esignature/making-an-e-signature-required-or-optional"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "initials-dates-details",
          "question": "Can signers add initials, dates or other details?",
          "answer": "Yes. On an uploaded PDF you can place electronic initials, text fields and date fields alongside the signature, each assigned to a signer. In documents built in QuoteCloud, electronic initials can go wherever a clause needs to be acknowledged, and on the Business plan a Forms block collects customer details such as a purchase order number or delivery address right before they sign, so everything comes back in one completed document.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Uploaded PDFs take initials, text and date fields; QuoteCloud documents can collect details with a Forms block on Business.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#initials-dates-details",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "accept-button",
          "question": "Can clients accept a quote without signing it?",
          "answer": "Yes. In the document, open Document Settings, and under Viewer Options make sure Show accept button in viewer is on. Set the Accept Button Text, such as Accept Quote or Order Now, the confirmation message recipients see, and optionally an Acceptance Link to send them to another web page afterwards. The button can be set on a template or on a single document. An acceptance click is recorded, but an eSignature captures intent more clearly for contracts and larger deals.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Turn on the Accept button in Document Settings and set its label, confirmation message and an optional redirect link.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#accept-button",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Configure the Accept button",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-approval-process/configuring-the-accept-button"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "test-signing",
          "question": "Can I test the signing experience before I send a document?",
          "answer": "Yes. Open the preview from the top bar of the editor and click inside the signature field to try drawing, typing or uploading a signature as your recipient would. Take care with test signatures: if you share or send the document with a signature added in preview, it is treated as a completed signature. Another simple test is to send a document to yourself during the free 14-day trial and sign it from your own inbox.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Open the document preview and click the signature field to see exactly what your signer will see.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#test-signing",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "multiple-signers",
          "question": "Can more than one person sign the same document?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud supports multi-party signing. Add each person as a recipient, such as your client, their finance contact, a supplier or your own internal approver, and assign them their own E-Signature blocks, in as many places as needed. You can define the signing order to match your approval process. While others still need to sign, signers see Pending Other Signers, and the document completes once all required signers have signed.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Add each signer as a recipient, give them their own E-Signature blocks and define the signing order.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#multiple-signers",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Multi-party eSignatures",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/free-esignature-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "recipient-types",
          "question": "What are Primary, To and CC recipients?",
          "answer": "Recipients are the people who receive a document. Add them from the Recipients icon in the editor's right-hand sidebar with their name, email address, phone, company and address. When a document has no recipient yet, the first contact you add becomes the Primary Recipient, and you can add more under To Recipients or CC Recipients. Receiving the document doesn't make someone a signer: a recipient signs only where they are assigned as the Signer on an E-Signature block.",
          "short_answer": "They are the people who receive the document; the first contact added becomes the Primary Recipient, others are To or CC.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#recipient-types",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Add recipients while editing a document",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-recipients/add-recipients-while-editing-a-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "countersign",
          "question": "Can someone in my company countersign the document?",
          "answer": "Yes. Add the colleague, such as a manager or director, as a recipient and assign them their own E-Signature block, for example under Approved by. Customer, supplier and internal approver can all sign the same document. If you need a manager to approve a quote before the client ever sees it, that is a different step: approval workflows on the Business plan route the document for internal sign-off before it can be sent.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Add your colleague as a recipient and assign them an E-Signature block alongside the client's.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#countersign",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "right-person-signs",
          "question": "How do I make sure the right person signs?",
          "answer": "Switch on optional recipient verification. QuoteCloud sends the signer a one-time passcode, for example to their email address, and they enter it before they can sign, so the signature comes from someone with access to the address you sent the document to. Verification is optional: use it for high-value agreements and leave it off where a simple signature is enough. Each completed document also includes a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail as the record of the signing.",
          "short_answer": "Switch on optional recipient verification: QuoteCloud sends the signer a one-time passcode they must enter before signing.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#right-person-signs",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "eSignature ID verification",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/esignature-id-verification"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "certificate-of-authenticity",
          "question": "What is the certificate of authenticity?",
          "answer": "The certificate of authenticity is included with every completed QuoteCloud document once all required signers have signed. It is your record of the signing: it identifies the document and lists each signer with their role, when they signed and whether they verified with a one-time passcode. Together with the document's audit trail, it gives you clear evidence if a signature is ever questioned. There is nothing extra to buy, because eSignatures and the certificate come with every plan.",
          "short_answer": "It is the record QuoteCloud adds to every completed signed document, showing the document and who signed it.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#certificate-of-authenticity",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Digital signature certificate",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/digital-signature-certificate"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "audit-trail",
          "question": "What does the audit trail record?",
          "answer": "Every eSigned document in QuoteCloud has an audit trail behind it. The document's history timeline lists what happened to it in order, including views, edits, status changes, recipient activity and revisions, with the person behind each entry. Open it from the document's actions menu with Document History, or from the Document History icon in the editor. The certificate of authenticity summarises the signing itself, while the history shows the whole life of the document.",
          "short_answer": "Every eSigned document has an audit trail, and Document History lists views, edits, status changes, recipient activity and revisions.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#audit-trail",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Audit trail and history",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/audit-trail-history"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "know-when-signed",
          "question": "How do I know when a document has been signed?",
          "answer": "Each document's status shows on your QuoteCloud dashboard. The Signing status lists documents still waiting for one or more signatures, and Accepted lists documents your client has accepted. Click a status in the sidebar to see only those documents. On Essentials and above, real-time document tracking and email notifications also tell you when a document is opened, so you can follow up at the right moment, and the Document History records the activity.",
          "short_answer": "The document's status updates on your dashboard, and tracking notifications on Essentials and above tell you when it moves.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#know-when-signed",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document tracking",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/document-tracking"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "included-every-plan",
          "question": "Is eSignature included in every QuoteCloud plan?",
          "answer": "Yes. eSignatures are built into every QuoteCloud plan, including Free, so you create, send, sign and track documents in one place without paying for a separate eSignature product. Free includes 2 documents sent a month; Starter, Essentials, Business and Enterprise include unlimited documents and eSignatures. Passcode verification, the certificate of authenticity and the audit trail come with eSignatures, rather than as extras.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. eSignatures are included on Free, Starter, Essentials, Business and Enterprise, with no separate signing product to buy.",
          "plan": "All plans",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#included-every-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "free-esignature-plan",
          "question": "Is there a free eSignature plan?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud's Free plan costs $0 forever for one user and includes 2 documents sent a month with eSignatures, text and image blocks, and sending from your own email service, with no credit card required. It does not include PDF export, price tables, APIs or AI. For unlimited documents and eSignatures, Starter is US$14.95 per user per month, and Essentials and Business can be tried free for 14 days.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The Free plan is free forever for one user and includes eSignatures on 2 documents sent a month.",
          "plan": "Free",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#free-esignature-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Free eSignature software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/free-esignature-software"
            },
            {
              "text": "Compare plans",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "signature-limits",
          "question": "How many documents can I send for signature?",
          "answer": "On the Free plan you can send 2 documents a month, for one user. Starter, at US$14.95 per user per month, and Essentials, Business and Enterprise include unlimited documents and eSignatures, so there is no monthly allowance of signature requests to manage. Plans are priced per user per month, with no lock-in contract. Enterprise also offers flexible per-seat or per-document pricing for larger companies.",
          "short_answer": "Free allows 2 documents sent a month; Starter and every higher plan include unlimited documents and eSignatures.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#signature-limits",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "sign-and-pay",
          "question": "Can clients sign and pay in the same document?",
          "answer": "Yes, from the Essentials plan. Connect Stripe or PayPal and your client can sign the quote, proposal or contract and then pay a deposit or the full amount from the same document, so the deal is agreed and paid in one visit. The amount can be a percentage of the quote total or a fixed amount. Accepting payments needs an account with the payment gateway, and gateway availability and transaction fees vary by region and provider.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, from Essentials. After signing, clients can pay a deposit or the full amount by Stripe or PayPal.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#sign-and-pay",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Stripe integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            },
            {
              "text": "PayPal integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/paypal-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "separate-signing-tool",
          "question": "Do I still need a separate eSignature tool such as DocuSign?",
          "answer": "Not for the quotes, proposals and contracts you send from QuoteCloud. eSignatures are built in, so there is no exporting to PDF, uploading into another signing app or adding fields a second time, and there is no extra version to manage. You can also upload existing PDFs and send them for signature. Some teams keep another signing tool for unrelated paperwork, but sales documents can be created, signed and paid in QuoteCloud.",
          "short_answer": "Not for documents you send from QuoteCloud, because eSignatures are built into every plan.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#separate-signing-tool",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "eSignature without a second app",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/free-esignature-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "try-esignatures",
          "question": "How can I try QuoteCloud eSignatures?",
          "answer": "Start a free 14-day trial of Essentials or Business, with no credit card required and no lock-in contract, then send a document to yourself, sign it and see the completed result with its certificate of authenticity. You can also stay on the Free plan, which includes eSignatures on 2 documents a month for one user, or book a demo to see eSignatures working inside the full quote and proposal workflow.",
          "short_answer": "Start a free 14-day trial with no credit card, use the Free plan, or book a demo.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/esignatures#try-esignatures",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Plans and free trial",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "payments",
      "name": "Payments",
      "group": "Sign and get paid",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "pay-from-quote",
          "question": "Can clients pay directly from a QuoteCloud quote?",
          "answer": "Yes. Once you connect a payment gateway, clients can pay straight from the quote or proposal, on the same page, right after they accept and eSign it. When a client signs, they receive the payment request in the document and pay by card through Stripe or with PayPal. The document is then marked Paid on your dashboard, so the quote, the signature and the payment stay together and you can see who has paid without chasing.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. On Essentials and above, clients pay by Stripe or PayPal from the quote or proposal right after they sign it.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#pay-from-quote",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Stripe integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "payment-gateways",
          "question": "Which payment gateways does QuoteCloud support?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud supports Stripe and PayPal for online payments from quotes and proposals. Accepting payments requires your own account with a third-party payment gateway, and gateway availability and transaction fees vary by region and provider, so check your provider's pricing for your country. Card payments run through Stripe, and PayPal payments through PayPal's own checkout.",
          "short_answer": "Stripe and PayPal. You connect your own account with the gateway to accept payments.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#payment-gateways",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Stripe integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            },
            {
              "text": "PayPal integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/paypal-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "plans-with-payments",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plans include online payments?",
          "answer": "Accepting payments is included on Essentials at US$39 per user per month (AU$64.95 in Australia), Business at US$59 (AU$94.95) and Enterprise. It is not part of the Free or Starter plans. Essentials and Business start with a free 14-day trial with no credit card required, so you can connect your own gateway and test payments before you buy. Price tables, which feed the payment amount, are also included from Essentials.",
          "short_answer": "Essentials (US$39), Business (US$59) and Enterprise. Payments are not included on Free or Starter.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#plans-with-payments",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "when-asked-to-pay",
          "question": "When is the client asked to pay?",
          "answer": "Right after they accept and sign. The client reviews the quote, chooses any optional items, signs, and then gets the payment request on the same page, so the deal can be agreed and paid in one visit. The journey on your dashboard runs from Sent to Viewed, Signed and Paid. Put the payment description and instructions in the document so the client knows what the payment covers and when any balance is due.",
          "short_answer": "Right after they sign. The payment request appears in the same document, so they can pay in the same visit.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#when-asked-to-pay",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "pay-with-paypal",
          "question": "How do clients pay with PayPal?",
          "answer": "Once the document is signed, the client selects the PayPal option in the document and follows PayPal's payment steps, checking out from their PayPal account. With PayPal, clients can choose between paying the deposit and paying in full. You need a PayPal account connected to QuoteCloud to accept payments; what that account needs depends on PayPal's own policies and the payment methods you want to offer.",
          "short_answer": "After signing, they select the PayPal option in the document and complete PayPal's checkout.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#pay-with-paypal",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "PayPal integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/paypal-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "stripe-payment-methods",
          "question": "How do clients pay through Stripe?",
          "answer": "When the client signs, the Stripe payment request appears in the document and they pay online by debit or credit card through Stripe. The amount is calculated from your price table, including any optional items or quantities they chose. Which further payment methods are available depends on your own Stripe account and region, so check your Stripe settings. When the payment is received, the document's status changes to Paid automatically.",
          "short_answer": "They pay online by card from the document, through Stripe, after they sign.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#stripe-payment-methods",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Stripe integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "one-document",
          "question": "Can one document hold the quote, the contract and the payment?",
          "answer": "Yes. A single QuoteCloud document can hold your price table with optional items, your terms, an E-Signature block and the payment step. The client reviews it in the browser, chooses options, signs and pays a deposit or the full amount in one visit, and the status updates on your dashboard. That avoids a separate invoice or payment link for the first payment, and keeps the whole agreement in one place.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. One QuoteCloud document can hold the price table, terms, signature block and payment step.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#one-document",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Price tables",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/pricing-table"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "connect-stripe",
          "question": "How do I connect Stripe to QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Click your profile icon and select Settings. Under Users & Roles, click Teams, then click Edit for the team you want to set up and open the Payment Settings tab. Click Continue Onboarding and complete Stripe's setup steps to connect your Stripe account. Once it is connected, the same tab lets you open your Stripe Dashboard or disconnect the account. Then set the payment details on each document.",
          "short_answer": "Go to Settings, Users & Roles, Teams, Edit your team, open Payment Settings and click Continue Onboarding.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#connect-stripe",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Setting up QuoteCloud Payments",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/users-teams-roles/payment-settings/setup-payment-settings"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "connect-paypal",
          "question": "How do I add a PayPal payment button to a quote?",
          "answer": "Connect your PayPal account to QuoteCloud, then add a PayPal payment button to a quote or proposal in the editor and set the pricing details and amount to collect. Your client reads the document, signs it and pays from the same page through PayPal's checkout. If you are unsure what your PayPal account needs, check PayPal's documentation or ask QuoteCloud in a demo.",
          "short_answer": "Connect your PayPal account to QuoteCloud, then add the PayPal payment option to the quote or proposal in the editor.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#connect-paypal",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "PayPal integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/paypal-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "document-payment-settings",
          "question": "How do I set the payment details on a quote?",
          "answer": "While editing a quote or proposal, click the $ (Payments) icon. There you set the payment description, the payment instructions, the amount or deposit to collect, any discount and other payment options for that document. Settings are per document, so one quote can ask for a deposit and another for the full amount. You can also build payment into a template so new documents start with it.",
          "short_answer": "While editing the document, click the $ (Payments) icon to set the description, instructions, amount and discounts.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#document-payment-settings",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Setting up QuoteCloud Payments",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/users-teams-roles/payment-settings/setup-payment-settings"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "stripe-per-team",
          "question": "Can different teams or brands use different Stripe accounts?",
          "answer": "Yes. Payment settings are configured at the team level in QuoteCloud, so you can edit each team and connect the Stripe account that belongs to it. That suits businesses running several brands, regions or business units that need payments to land in separate accounts. QuoteCloud plans from Essentials include unlimited sales teams, and each team's Payment Settings tab shows its own Stripe connection.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Payment settings are configured per team, so each team can connect its own Stripe account.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#stripe-per-team",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "disconnect-stripe",
          "question": "Can I change or disconnect the Stripe account later?",
          "answer": "Yes. Go to Settings, Users & Roles, Teams, click Edit on the team and open the Payment Settings tab. Once Stripe is connected, that tab gives you the option to open your Stripe Dashboard for transaction details or to disconnect the Stripe account. To switch to a different account, disconnect the current one and complete the Continue Onboarding steps with the new account.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Open the team's Payment Settings tab to go to your Stripe Dashboard or disconnect the account.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#disconnect-stripe",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "deposit",
          "question": "Can I take a deposit instead of the full amount?",
          "answer": "Yes. Set the amount to collect as a percentage of the quote total, such as 25% or 50%, or as a fixed amount, or ask for payment in full. The figure fills in from the quote's price table, and the client pays it when they sign. With PayPal, clients can choose between paying the deposit and paying in full. Use the payment description to explain what the deposit covers and when the balance is due.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Set the amount as a percentage of the quote total or as a fixed amount, or ask for the full total.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#deposit",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Deposits with Stripe",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "amount-from-price-table",
          "question": "Does the payment amount update when clients choose options or change quantities?",
          "answer": "Yes. The payment amount is filled in from the total of the price table in your QuoteCloud document. If your client can tick optional items or change quantities, totals recalculate as they choose and the payment amount is calculated for what they selected, whether you ask for a percentage deposit or the full amount. Price tables support one-off and repeating costs, tax, fees, optional items and discounts, from the Essentials plan.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The amount comes from the price table total, so it reflects the optional items and quantities the client chose.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#amount-from-price-table",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Price tables",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/pricing-table"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "payment-discount",
          "question": "Can I offer a discount on the payment?",
          "answer": "Yes. The $ (Payments) settings on each document include discounts alongside the payment description, instructions and amount. You can also apply discounts in the price table itself, on line items or across the quote, so the total the client sees, and the deposit calculated from it, already reflect the deal. If a discount goes over a limit you set, an approval workflow on the Business plan can route the quote for sign-off before it is sent.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The document's Payments settings include discounts, and price tables also support discounts on line items.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#payment-discount",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "know-when-paid",
          "question": "How do I know when a quote has been paid?",
          "answer": "When the payment is received, the document's status changes to Paid automatically on your QuoteCloud dashboard. To see every paid document, open the Statuses section in the dashboard sidebar, click Show more and select Paid. The payment is also recorded in the document's history, so sales and accounts can see what was paid without asking. Statuses can be updated by hand too, for example if a client pays another way.",
          "short_answer": "The document's status changes to Paid automatically, and the Paid status filter on your dashboard lists every paid document.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#know-when-paid",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document dashboard",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-dashboard"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "payout-timing",
          "question": "When does the money reach my account?",
          "answer": "The client pays through your connected Stripe or PayPal account, so the funds are settled by the gateway on its own timing, which can vary by country, currency and bank. Check payout schedules in your Stripe Dashboard or PayPal account rather than in QuoteCloud. In QuoteCloud you see the document marked Paid as soon as the payment is received, which tells your team the deal is done.",
          "short_answer": "Payments go through your own Stripe or PayPal account, and payouts follow that gateway's schedule.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#payout-timing",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "accounting-sync",
          "question": "Can payments flow into Xero or QuickBooks Online?",
          "answer": "Yes, through Zapier, which is included from Essentials. QuoteCloud can tell Zapier when a document is signed, part paid or paid, so a signed quote can create an invoice in Xero or QuickBooks Online and a payment received can update the document's status, without retyping numbers. Native CRM and accounting integrations are included on Business. If your workflow depends on a particular payment setup in your accounting software, confirm it in a demo first.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, through Zapier. A signed quote can create an invoice, and a payment can update the document's status.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#accounting-sync",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Xero and QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/xero-accounting-with-quotecloud"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuickBooks Online and QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quickbooks-online-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quickbooks-payments",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud support QuickBooks Payments?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud's online payment options are Stripe and PayPal, and your clients can pay straight from the document with either. Payments you take through QuickBooks Payments are handled in QuickBooks Online itself, for example on an invoice created there from a signed quote. If your workflow depends on QuickBooks Payments, book a demo or contact QuoteCloud support to confirm what is possible before you rely on it.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud's online payment options are Stripe and PayPal; QuickBooks Payments is handled in QuickBooks Online itself.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#quickbooks-payments",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuickBooks Online and QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quickbooks-online-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "card-details",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud store my clients' card details?",
          "answer": "No. Card payments are processed by the third-party payment gateway, Stripe or PayPal. QuoteCloud does not store credit card details, and they cannot be accessed by QuoteCloud staff. The documents themselves are protected with 256-bit encryption and hosted on Amazon Web Services, and every signed document carries a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail.",
          "short_answer": "No. Card payments are processed by the gateway, such as Stripe or PayPal; QuoteCloud does not store card details.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#card-details",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "payment-security",
          "question": "Is paying through a QuoteCloud quote secure?",
          "answer": "Yes. Payments are handled by the gateway rather than by QuoteCloud. Stripe holds PCI Level 1 certification, and QuoteCloud, as a Stripe Verified Partner, follows the standards in Stripe's Integration Security Guide. PayPal payments go through PayPal's own checkout, so clients don't share financial details with QuoteCloud. Documents are protected with 256-bit encryption on Amazon Web Services hosting.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Payments run through Stripe or PayPal's own processing, and QuoteCloud never stores card details.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#payment-security",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Stripe integration security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "fees",
          "question": "What does it cost to take payments in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Accepting payments is included in the Essentials, Business and Enterprise plans. Transaction fees are charged by the payment gateway, Stripe or PayPal, under your own agreement with them, and gateway availability and fees vary by region and provider. Check Stripe's or PayPal's pricing for your country before you choose which to offer.",
          "short_answer": "Payments are included in Essentials and above; the gateway charges its own transaction fees, which vary by region and provider.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#fees",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "try-payments",
          "question": "Can I try payments before I buy QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Yes. Essentials and Business start with a free 14-day trial with no credit card required and no lock-in contract. Connect your own Stripe or PayPal account during the trial, send a quote to yourself, sign it and see the payment request and the Paid status for yourself. You can also book a demo for a guided walkthrough of the Stripe setup.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Start a free 14-day Essentials or Business trial, with no credit card, and connect your own gateway.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/payments#try-payments",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Start a free trial",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "approvals-collaboration",
      "name": "Approvals and collaboration",
      "group": "Sign and get paid",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "what-is-approval-workflow",
          "question": "What is an approval workflow in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "An approval workflow is a set of rules that decides which quotes, proposals and contracts need internal sign-off before they reach the customer, and who gives it. You build it as a flow diagram in QuoteCloud's workflow editor: a trigger that decides when it applies, optional Switch conditions that route documents down different paths, approval steps, and a Ready to Send or Reject to Send outcome. Typical uses are large deals, deep discounts, non-standard terms and key accounts.",
          "short_answer": "A set of rules that decides which documents need internal sign-off before they are sent, and who signs them off.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#what-is-approval-workflow",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Create a workflow from a template",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/creating-a-new-workflow-from-template"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "approval-plan",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plan includes approval workflows?",
          "answer": "Approval workflows are included on the Business plan, at US$59 per user per month (AU$94.95 in Australia), and on Enterprise. Business also includes content locking, advanced pricing and custom formulas, the AI Co-Worker, CRM and accounting integrations, revisions and version history, and customer reminders. You can try Business free for 14 days with no credit card required, or book a demo to see a workflow built for your team.",
          "short_answer": "Business, at US$59 per user per month, and Enterprise. Business can be tried free for 14 days.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#approval-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "set-up-workflow",
          "question": "How do I set up an approval workflow?",
          "answer": "Open Settings and select Workflow. Create a workflow from scratch or from a template. Click the Trigger node to set the conditions that start it, add a Switch node if different documents need different paths, and add an Approval node to each path with its approvers. Each path ends with Ready to Send and Reject to Send. Click Save, then Activate, and documents that match the trigger are routed for approval when reps go to send them.",
          "short_answer": "Go to Settings, Workflow, create a workflow from scratch or a template, set the trigger, add approval steps, save and activate.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#set-up-workflow",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Configure a workflow trigger",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/configure-workflow-trigger"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "workflow-templates",
          "question": "Can I start from a ready-made workflow template?",
          "answer": "Yes. In Settings, Workflow, choose Create from a template. Templates include Single-Step Approval, Two-Level Approval, Approval by Value Threshold, Approval by Discount Level and Client-Specific Approval Paths. Each shows a visual preview of its trigger, approval steps and endpoints. Click Customize Workflow to open it in the editor, change the conditions and approvers to suit your organisation, then save and activate it.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Templates include Single-Step Approval, Two-Level Approval, Approval by Value Threshold and Approval by Discount Level.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#workflow-templates",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Create a workflow from a template",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/creating-a-new-workflow-from-template"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "approval-triggers",
          "question": "What can trigger an approval?",
          "answer": "Trigger conditions can use the document's Total Value or Discount Percentage, the creator's team, role or email, the template it was created from, the product folder, and the customer company or customer account. Numbers use Greater Than, Less Than, Equals or Does Not Equal, and list fields such as Creator Role let you pick a value. Combine several conditions with AND, where all must be met, or OR, where any one is enough, for example a total over $10,000 or a discount over 15%.",
          "short_answer": "Conditions such as total value, discount percentage, the creator's team, role or email, the template, product folder or customer.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#approval-triggers",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "switch-conditions",
          "question": "Can different documents follow different approval paths?",
          "answer": "Yes. Add a Switch node after the trigger and it creates branches: If the condition is met, Otherwise, if the condition is met, and a fallback for when no condition is met. Conditions are checked in order, so put the most specific first. Each branch gets its own approval step and Ready to Send or Reject to Send outcome, so a mid-sized deal might go to a sales manager while a larger one also goes to finance.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. A Switch node routes documents down different branches by condition, with a fallback for anything else.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#switch-conditions",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Add a Switch condition node",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/add-a-switch-condition-node"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "who-can-approve",
          "question": "Who can approve a quote?",
          "answer": "You choose for each approval step under Select a way to find approvers: Approvers from team, Approvers from role, Approvers in users list, or Managers of the creator. Under Must be approved by, decide whether any one of the selected users can approve or all of them must. You also set a default action for when no approvers are found, either approve automatically or reject. Any rejection results in the document being rejected.",
          "short_answer": "You choose per approval step: a team, a role, named users or the creator's managers, with any one or all required.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#who-can-approve",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Add an approval node",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/add-an-approval-node"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "multiple-approvers",
          "question": "Can a document need more than one approver?",
          "answer": "Yes, in two ways. Within one approval step, set Must be approved by to All users selected above, so every selected approver has to approve. Or add more than one approval step, such as a sales manager and then finance, which is what the Two-Level Approval template sets up for you. Approval by Value Threshold is a starting point for adding a second approver only on larger deals.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Require all selected approvers in a step, or add several approval steps, such as a manager then finance.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#multiple-approvers",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "manage-workflows",
          "question": "Can I edit, pause or delete a workflow?",
          "answer": "Yes. Settings, Workflow lists every workflow with its status and last updated date. Click Edit to change one in the editor and Save your changes, Activate or Deactivate it to switch it on or off, rename it from the name field at the top of the editor, and duplicate or delete it from the actions menu in the list. Deactivating is a simple way to pause a workflow without losing its setup.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. From Settings, Workflow you can edit, rename, activate, deactivate, duplicate or delete each workflow.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#manage-workflows",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Manage a workflow",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/manage-a-workflow"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "request-approval",
          "question": "How does a sales rep request approval?",
          "answer": "When a document matches an active workflow, the rep clicks Send in the document editor as usual and a Request Approval window opens instead. It shows the assigned approvers and a subject and message the rep can personalise. They click Send Request, the request goes to the approvers, and the document's status changes to In Review until a decision is made. The document can't be sent to the customer until it is approved.",
          "short_answer": "They click Send as usual; if an active workflow applies, a Request Approval window opens and the document goes In Review.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#request-approval",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Request approval before sending",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/request-approval-before-sending-a-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "workflow-review",
          "question": "Where do approvers find documents waiting for them?",
          "answer": "Approvers receive the approval request, and documents in an approval process appear in Workflow Review, in the dashboard's left-hand navigation beneath Your Documents. If nothing appears, remove any active filters and click Show All Workflow Review Documents. Documents waiting for a decision also show the In Review status, which you can select in the dashboard's Statuses list.",
          "short_answer": "In Workflow Review, in the dashboard's left-hand menu beneath Your Documents, as well as the approval request email.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#workflow-review",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "approve-or-reject",
          "question": "How do approvers approve or reject a document?",
          "answer": "From Workflow Review, the approver clicks View beside the document. The Document Workflow side panel opens with its checklist, so they can check the document against the workflow's conditions and add notes. They click Approve or Decline, then Confirm, and can add a message, such as the reason for a rejection or feedback for the creator. The page refreshes and the document's status updates to show the decision.",
          "short_answer": "Open the document from Workflow Review, check the Document Workflow panel, click Approve or Decline, add a message and confirm.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#approve-or-reject",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Approve or reject a document",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/approve-or-reject-a-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "after-rejection",
          "question": "What happens when an approver rejects a document?",
          "answer": "The document follows the workflow's rejection path and shows an Alert status on the dashboard, with any message the approver added. The creator opens it, makes the changes and submits it for approval again in the same way as before. Because the document can't be sent until it is approved, a rejected quote never reaches the customer by mistake.",
          "short_answer": "The document shows an Alert status; the creator updates it and submits it for approval again.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#after-rejection",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "after-approval",
          "question": "What happens after a document is approved?",
          "answer": "Approved documents show the status Review Accepted on the dashboard. The rep opens the document, clicks Send and chooses a delivery method: Send Via Email, Send Via Link or Sign document in-person. From there the document is tracked like any other, through statuses such as Sent, Opened, Signing and Accepted, until the customer signs and, if payments are set up, pays.",
          "short_answer": "Its status becomes Review Accepted, and the rep opens it and sends it by email, by link or for in-person signing.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#after-approval",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Proceed with an approved or rejected document",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/workflow/proceed-with-the-approved-or-rejected-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "real-time-editing",
          "question": "Can several people edit the same document at once?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud supports real-time co-editing: several people work in the same live quote, proposal or contract at the same time and see each change the moment it happens. Sales, pre-sales and delivery staff can build a response together without emailing attachments back and forth or guessing which copy is the latest, and comments and mentions keep the discussion beside the content it is about.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Several people can edit the same quote or proposal at the same time and see each other's changes instantly.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#real-time-editing",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud collaboration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/collaboration"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "client-comments",
          "question": "Can clients comment on a proposal?",
          "answer": "Yes. Invite clients and external stakeholders to review, comment on and sign the document your team built, while permission controls limit what they can see and change. Give a client commenter access so they can ask questions without being able to change your wording or pricing, and keep editing and approval with your team. Once everything is agreed, the client signs with a legally binding eSignature in the same document.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Clients and partners can review, comment on and eSign the document, with permission controls limiting what they can change.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#client-comments",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Customer annotations and feedback",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/customer-annotations-feedback"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "comments-mentions",
          "question": "How do comments and @mentions work?",
          "answer": "Use the comment button beside a section to start a thread on it. You can highlight text, ask questions and suggest revisions right where they apply. Teammates reply in the same thread, and an @mention pulls a colleague, such as a manager who needs to agree a price, into the conversation with the context already in front of them. When the question is answered, resolve the thread and move on.",
          "short_answer": "Comment on any section, reply in the thread, @mention a teammate to bring them in, then resolve it when answered.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#comments-mentions",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Collaboration features",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/collaboration"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "collaborator-roles",
          "question": "What roles can collaborators have on a document?",
          "answer": "Each collaborator can be given view, comment, edit or approve access. Viewers read the document, commenters can add comments, editors can change content, and approvers can sign off. Administrators assign roles and permissions so only authorised people can change pricing or contract terms. Account-wide, custom user roles and teams are available from Essentials, and role permissions also control who can view and edit your content libraries.",
          "short_answer": "Viewer, commenter, editor or approver, so only the right people can change pricing and contract terms.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#collaborator-roles",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Roles and permissions",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/collaboration"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "collaboration-notifications",
          "question": "Will I be notified about comments and updates?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud sends alerts when a document is updated, commented on or needs your action, inside QuoteCloud and in Slack or Microsoft Teams if your team uses them. Combined with document tracking on Essentials and above, you know when a client opens a proposal and when they react to it, so you can respond while the deal is warm.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud alerts you when a document is updated, commented on or needs your action, including in Slack or Microsoft Teams.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#collaboration-notifications",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Notifications and alerts",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/collaboration"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "hide-from-client",
          "question": "Can I keep internal notes in a document without the client seeing them?",
          "answer": "Yes. Right-click the section tab and choose Hide from Recipient. The hidden section is shaded in the editor so your team can still see it, but it doesn't appear in the recipient's view. Repeat the same steps to unhide it. It suits internal notes, margins or approval comments that belong with the document but not in front of the client.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Right-click a section tab and choose Hide from Recipient; it stays visible to your team but not to the client.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#hide-from-client",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Hide document content from a recipient",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-editor-additional-topics/hide-document-content-from-a-recipient"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "lock-approved-content",
          "question": "Can I stop reps changing approved wording or pricing notes?",
          "answer": "Yes. Lock a company library block and reps can still drag it into any document, but they can't edit it there until a permitted user unlocks it. Unlocked blocks stay editable, so reps can still personalise introductions. If a rep needs a variation, create an editable copy for the exception so the approved version stays intact for everyone else. Content locking is part of the Business plan.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Lock company content blocks so they can be used in documents but not edited, on the Business plan.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#lock-approved-content",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Content locking",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/content-locking"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "version-history",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud keep a version history?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud saves versions automatically. Open the Document History icon in the editor's right-hand toolbar, switch between the All and Revisions tabs, and click a revision to preview the document exactly as it was. You can compare what changed, restore an earlier version, or click Copy beside a revision to start a new document from it, with Copy added to its title. Revisions and version history are part of the Business plan.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Every version is saved automatically, so you can preview earlier drafts, compare changes and restore one.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#version-history",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "View document version history",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-version-history-and-controls/viewing-document-version-history"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "revise-sent-document",
          "question": "How do I revise a document that has already been sent?",
          "answer": "On the dashboard, open the document's actions menu (the ellipsis) and choose Revise Last Version. QuoteCloud creates a new editable revision, opens it in the editor marked Revised, and keeps the previous version in the document history. Update the content or pricing, then send the new version to the client. The Revised status filter on the dashboard lists documents that have been revised.",
          "short_answer": "Choose Revise Last Version from the document's actions menu; a new Revised version opens and the earlier one is kept.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#revise-sent-document",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "copy-document",
          "question": "Can I reuse a document for another client without changing the original?",
          "answer": "Yes. From the document's actions menu, choose Copy Last Version: a new tab opens with a copy of the latest version, which starts with a Creating status and has its own record, while the original stays unchanged. If you will reuse the document often, choose Save as Template instead, and it appears in your Templates for future documents. You can also copy any earlier revision from Document History.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Copy Last Version creates a separate copy to edit, and Save as Template turns a document into a reusable template.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#copy-document",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Copy the latest document version",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/dashboard/document-management/copy-the-latest-document-version"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "transfer-document",
          "question": "Can I hand a document over to a colleague?",
          "answer": "Yes. On the dashboard, open the document's actions menu (the ellipsis) and choose Transfer to a Colleague. In the Transfer Ownership window, open the Document Owner list, choose the colleague who should take over and click Save. The new owner can then manage the document, which helps when someone goes on leave, changes territory or hands an account to another rep.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Choose Transfer to a Colleague from the document's actions menu, pick the new owner and save.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#transfer-document",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document dashboard actions",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-dashboard"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "who-did-what",
          "question": "Can I see who changed what in a document?",
          "answer": "Yes. Document History, opened from the document's actions menu or the editor toolbar, is a chronological timeline of what happened to the document: views, edits, status changes, recipient activity and revisions, each with the person behind it. While collaborating, the activity feed shows edits, replies and approvals as they happen, and approval decisions are recorded in the Document Workflow panel's activity log.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Document History is a timeline of views, edits, status changes, recipient activity and revisions, with the person behind each.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/approvals-collaboration#who-did-what",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Audit trail and history",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/audit-trail-history"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "tracking-dashboard",
      "name": "Tracking and the dashboard",
      "group": "Sign and get paid",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "know-when-opened",
          "question": "Can I see when a client opens my quote and how long they read it?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud shows the moment a client opens a quote, proposal or contract and how long they spend reading it, with real-time document tracking and email notifications on Essentials, Business and Enterprise. The view is recorded in the Document History, so you can follow up at the right time instead of guessing whether the quote was seen.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. From Essentials, QuoteCloud tracks when a document is opened and how long it is read, with real-time notifications.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#know-when-opened",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document tracking",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/document-tracking"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-document-tracking",
          "question": "What is document tracking in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Document tracking shows what happens after you press send. QuoteCloud records when a quote, proposal or contract reaches the recipient and when it is opened, shows how long your client spends reading it, and notifies you in real time. Each document's status on your dashboard shows where it is up to, such as Sent, Delivered, Opened, Signing or Accepted. Tracking and notifications are included from the Essentials plan.",
          "short_answer": "It shows what happens after you send: when a document is delivered and opened, how long it is read, and its status.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#what-is-document-tracking",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document tracking",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/document-tracking"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "where-notifications-arrive",
          "question": "Where do tracking notifications arrive?",
          "answer": "Document tracking comes with real-time notifications in QuoteCloud and by email. QuoteCloud also alerts you when a document is updated, commented on or needs your action, inside QuoteCloud and in Slack or Microsoft Teams if your team connects them. That keeps sales reps and managers informed without someone checking the dashboard all day.",
          "short_answer": "In QuoteCloud and by email, with alerts for updates, comments and actions also available in Slack or Microsoft Teams.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#where-notifications-arrive",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "tracking-plan",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plan includes document tracking?",
          "answer": "Document tracking and notifications are included on Essentials at US$39 per user per month, and on Business and Enterprise. They are not part of the Free or Starter plans. Essentials and Business both start with a free 14-day trial with no credit card required, so you can send a quote to yourself or a colleague and watch the notifications arrive.",
          "short_answer": "Essentials and above. Free and Starter show document statuses but don't include tracking and notifications.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#tracking-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "reminders-expiry",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud remind clients or expire old quotes?",
          "answer": "Yes. Customer reminders, on the Business plan, help you follow up clients who haven't completed a document, and quotes can auto-expire once they pass their time to live, so old prices don't stay open. On the dashboard, the Expiring Soon smart filter lists documents that are about to expire or already have, so you can follow up, revise or resend them before the deal goes cold.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Customer reminders are on Business, quotes can auto-expire past their time to live, and Expiring Soon lists those about to lapse.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#reminders-expiry",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Compare plans",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "status-meanings",
          "question": "What do the document statuses mean?",
          "answer": "Creating means the document is still being prepared. In Review means it is waiting for internal approval. Sent, Delivered and Opened show it has gone out, reached the recipient and been opened. Signing means it is waiting for one or more signatures, Accepted that the recipient accepted it, and Paid that payment was received. Lost marks an unsuccessful deal, Revised a document updated after it was first sent, and Alert one that needs attention, such as a rejected approval.",
          "short_answer": "Statuses show where a document is up to, from Creating and In Review through Sent, Opened and Signing to Accepted, Paid or Lost.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#status-meanings",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document dashboard",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-dashboard"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "filter-by-status",
          "question": "How do I see only the documents awaiting signature?",
          "answer": "Open the dashboard and find the Statuses section in the left-hand sidebar, which shows how many documents sit in each status. Click Show more to see the full list and select Signing to show only documents waiting for one or more signatures. The same works for Sent, Opened, Accepted, Paid, Lost and the rest, and All Statuses shows everything again. Use the three-dot menu beside a status and choose Pin Status to keep the ones you use most always visible.",
          "short_answer": "In the dashboard's Statuses list, click Show more and select Signing; other statuses work the same way.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#filter-by-status",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Documents awaiting signature",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/dashboard/status-navigation/view-documents-awaiting-signature"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "update-status",
          "question": "Can I change a document's status manually?",
          "answer": "Yes. Open the document's actions menu (the ellipsis, or right-click the row) and choose Update Document Status, then pick a status such as Creating, Sent, Accepted, Paid or Lost and click Save. If you sent the document outside QuoteCloud, choose Mark as Sent and the status changes to Sent straight away. Marking lost deals as Lost keeps your pipeline and filters honest.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Choose Update Document Status from the document's menu, or Mark as Sent if you sent it another way.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#update-status",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "status-automatic",
          "question": "Do statuses update by themselves when clients act?",
          "answer": "Key events update the status for you. When a client pays through Stripe, the document changes to Paid automatically. Submitting a document for approval moves it to In Review, an approval shows Review Accepted and a rejection shows Alert. Revising a sent document marks it Revised. Tracking on Essentials and above records each open in the document's history, and you can still set any status by hand, for example to mark a quote as Lost.",
          "short_answer": "Signing, approval and payment events update the status, for example to Paid when payment arrives or Review Accepted after approval.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#status-automatic",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "find-a-document",
          "question": "How do I find a document quickly?",
          "answer": "Turn on the Dashboard Filters row above the document table and type into any column, such as the document ID, title, consultant, creator, recipient name, email, company or a date. Results update as you type, and you can combine several filters at once, including a value range slider and a Created By list. Status filters and smart filters such as Expiring Soon narrow the list further, and Clear All Filters resets it in one click.",
          "short_answer": "Turn on the Dashboard Filters row and type into any column, such as ID, title, consultant, recipient or date.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#find-a-document",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document search and filters",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/document-search-filters"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "save-filters",
          "question": "Can I save the filters I use every day?",
          "answer": "Yes. Apply the filters you want, then click Save new configuration in the Custom Filters section of the dashboard sidebar and give it a name. It appears under Custom Filters, ready to apply in one click. To change it, apply it, adjust the filters and choose Resave with current settings from its three-dot menu; choose Delete Configuration when you no longer need it. Clearing filters never deletes your saved ones.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Click Save new configuration in Custom Filters, name it, and reopen it from the sidebar in one click.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#save-filters",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document search and filters",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/document-search-filters"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "smart-filters",
          "question": "What are smart filters?",
          "answer": "Smart filters are ready-made views in the dashboard sidebar, beneath the status filters, that QuoteCloud keeps up to date. Expiring Soon lists documents that are about to expire or already have, so you can renew, revise or resend them in time. Travel teams also get Due to Travel, Currently Travelling and Travel Ended, which follow where each client's trip is up to.",
          "short_answer": "Ready-made views QuoteCloud keeps up to date, such as Expiring Soon, plus travel views for travel teams.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#smart-filters",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "my-documents",
          "question": "Can I see only my own documents?",
          "answer": "Yes. In the dashboard's left-hand navigation, Your Documents shows only the documents associated with your account, while All Documents shows every document you have access to. Search, filters and sorting work in both views, so a sales rep can focus on their own pipeline and a manager can review the whole team's. Workflow Review and Trash sit in the same navigation.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Your Documents shows only documents associated with you; All Documents shows everything you have access to.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#my-documents",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "dashboard-layouts",
          "question": "Can I change the dashboard columns and save layouts?",
          "answer": "Yes. Open Dashboard settings and choose Dashboard Layout. Toggle columns on or off from groups such as Document Meta Data, Customer Details, Document Data & Status, Document Values, Custom Fields and Travel Itinerary Details, drag them into the order you want and set the sort. Save the result as a named layout, and turn on Save current filters to keep the column filters you are using too. Switch between your layouts and the company default from the same menu.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Use Dashboard Layout to choose, reorder and sort columns, then save named layouts, with or without current filters.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#dashboard-layouts",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document dashboard",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-dashboard"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "sort-and-page-size",
          "question": "How do I sort the list or show more documents per page?",
          "answer": "Click any column heading to sort the list in ascending order, click it again for descending, and a third time to clear the sort. An icon beside the heading shows which sort is active. To see more documents at once, use the Records per page dropdown at the bottom of the document list and choose a count such as 50, 70, 100 or 200. You can also pin important documents so they stay at the top.",
          "short_answer": "Click a column heading to sort ascending, again for descending, again to clear; set Records per page at the bottom.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#sort-and-page-size",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "dashboard-actions",
          "question": "What can I do with a document from the dashboard?",
          "answer": "Right-click any row, or click its ellipsis button, to edit or preview the document, pin it to the top of your list, copy its ID, close it, copy the last version, revise the last version, transfer it to a colleague, save it as a template or delete it. Depending on where the document is up to, you can also share a general or recipient-specific link, sign it in person, mark it as sent, update its status and view its history.",
          "short_answer": "Right-click a row or use its menu to edit, preview, pin, copy, revise, transfer, share, sign in person, delete and more.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#dashboard-actions",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document dashboard",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-dashboard"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "bulk-actions",
          "question": "Can I act on several documents at once?",
          "answer": "Yes. Tick the checkbox beside each document you want, or use the header checkbox to select them all. Selected rows are highlighted. Open the actions menu above the document table to choose Delete Documents, which moves them to Trash after you confirm, or Clear selection to start again without changing anything. In Trash, the same selection lets you restore several documents at once or delete them permanently.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Tick the checkboxes beside documents, then use the menu above the table to delete them or clear the selection.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#bulk-actions",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "delete-and-trash",
          "question": "What happens when I delete a document?",
          "answer": "Deleting a document from the dashboard moves it to Trash rather than removing it for good. Trash sits in the dashboard's left-hand navigation, beneath Workflow Review, and lists deleted documents with their IDs, titles and statuses. From there you can restore a document, or several at once, or delete them permanently. Permanent deletion, including emptying the Trash, cannot be undone, so QuoteCloud asks you to confirm first.",
          "short_answer": "It moves to Trash, where you can restore it or permanently delete it; permanent deletion cannot be undone.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#delete-and-trash",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document dashboard",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-dashboard"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "restore-deleted",
          "question": "How do I restore a deleted document?",
          "answer": "Click Trash in the dashboard's left-hand navigation. For one document, click the More Actions button (three dots) on its row and choose Restore Document; it returns to your active document list straight away. For several, tick their checkboxes, open the actions menu above the table and choose Restore Documents. If Trash becomes empty, click Show My Documents to return to your main list.",
          "short_answer": "Open Trash, use the document's More Actions menu and choose Restore Document, or select several and choose Restore Documents.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#restore-deleted",
          "links": [

          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "share-link",
          "question": "Can I share a link to a document instead of emailing it?",
          "answer": "Yes. Open the document's actions menu and choose Share Link. Copy the General Link to share the document, or choose a recipient under Links for Recipients to generate a unique link for that person and copy it. Paste the link into an email, message or other channel. When you send an approved or finished document from the editor, Send Via Link is also one of the delivery options alongside Send Via Email.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Choose Share Link from the document's menu to copy a general link or a recipient-specific link.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#share-link",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Share a document link",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/dashboard/document-management/share-a-document-link"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "document-history",
          "question": "How do I view a document's history?",
          "answer": "From the dashboard, open the document's actions menu (the ellipsis) and choose Document History, or open the document and select the Document History icon in the editor's right-hand toolbar. The panel is a chronological timeline of views, edits, status changes, recipient activity and revisions, with the person behind each entry. The All and Revisions tabs switch between the full timeline and the saved versions, which you can preview or copy.",
          "short_answer": "Choose Document History from the document's menu, or the Document History icon in the editor's right-hand toolbar.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#document-history",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "View document history",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/dashboard/document-management/view-document-history"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "audit-trail",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud keep an audit trail?",
          "answer": "Yes. Every eSigned document has an audit trail behind it, and every completed document includes a certificate of authenticity. Alongside that, each document's history timeline records what happened to it and who did it, from edits and status changes to recipient activity and revisions. On the Business plan, revisions and version history let you look back at exactly what a document said at any point.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Every eSigned document has an audit trail and certificate of authenticity, and Document History records each document's activity.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#audit-trail",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Audit trail and history",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/audit-trail-history"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "export-data",
          "question": "Can I export my document data?",
          "answer": "Yes. On the dashboard, open the settings or Dashboard Options menu in the top-right corner and choose Export Document Data. QuoteCloud prepares a CSV report of your document information, such as titles, statuses, owners and recipients, and confirms when it is ready; check your downloads folder or your email for the file. Open it in Excel, Google Sheets or another tool for reporting, analysis or record keeping.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Choose Export Document Data from the dashboard options menu to generate a CSV of your document data.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#export-data",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document dashboard",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-dashboard"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "reports",
          "question": "What reporting does QuoteCloud offer?",
          "answer": "The dashboard shows how many documents sit in each status and lets you filter by status, value, date and owner. Export Document Data produces a CSV for analysis elsewhere, and the Sales Forecast tracks opportunities by confidence level and forecast month. Enterprise adds custom user reports, and business-intelligence financial reporting is listed as coming soon on the pricing page. Because documents are created and sent in QuoteCloud, the data comes from the documents themselves.",
          "short_answer": "Status counts and filters on the dashboard, CSV exports, the Sales Forecast and, on Enterprise, custom user reports.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#reports",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Reports",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/reports"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "sales-forecast",
          "question": "What is the Sales Forecast?",
          "answer": "The Sales Forecast module tracks opportunities and forecast revenue. Open it from the left-hand navigation: the Kanban view groups documents by confidence level, from Very Doubtful and Not Confident (25%) through 50/50 and Confident to Verbal Approval. Change a card's confidence or forecast month from its dropdowns, or switch to List view to compare document names, probability, forecast amounts and dates in a table, filtered by month or confidence.",
          "short_answer": "A module that tracks opportunities by confidence level and forecast month, in a Kanban board or a list.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#sales-forecast",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Switch between Kanban and List views",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/sales-forecast/forecast-views/switch-between-kanban-and-list-views"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "try-dashboard",
          "question": "How can I try the QuoteCloud dashboard and tracking?",
          "answer": "Start a free 14-day trial of Essentials or Business, with no credit card required. Your dashboard is ready as soon as you create your first document, either blank or from a template. Send a quote to yourself or a colleague, open it and watch its status and the tracking notifications update, then try filtering, saving a custom filter and checking Document History. You can also book a demo for a guided walkthrough.",
          "short_answer": "Start a free 14-day trial with no credit card, send a quote to yourself and watch the status and notifications update.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/tracking-dashboard#try-dashboard",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Plans and free trial",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "integrations-crm",
      "name": "CRM integrations",
      "group": "Connect your tools",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "which-crms",
          "question": "Which CRMs does QuoteCloud integrate with?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud lists integrations with Salesforce, HubSpot, Pipedrive, Zoho CRM, Microsoft Dynamics 365, monday.com and Zendesk Sell, and with Zendesk for support tickets. Pipedrive connects directly, Salesforce connects through the Salesforce Sync add-on or through Zapier, and HubSpot, Zoho CRM, Dynamics 365, monday.com and Zendesk Sell connect through Zapier. A CRM that is not on the list can usually be connected through Zapier, Make.com or the QuoteCloud API.",
          "short_answer": "Salesforce, HubSpot, Pipedrive, Zoho CRM, Microsoft Dynamics 365, monday.com and Zendesk Sell, plus other CRMs through Zapier.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#which-crms",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "which-plan",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plan do I need to connect my CRM?",
          "answer": "The QuoteCloud pricing page lists CRM and accounting integrations from the Business plan, at US$59 per user per month (AU$94.95 in Australia), and on Enterprise. Zapier, Make.com and the QuoteCloud APIs are included from Essentials, at US$39 per user per month. They are not on the Free or Starter plans. Documents created through the API or Zapier carry a per-document fee, starting at US$2.00 each. Essentials and Business both start with a free 14-day trial with no credit card.",
          "short_answer": "CRM and accounting integrations are listed from Business (US$59 per user per month); Zapier, Make.com and the APIs from Essentials (US$39).",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#which-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing and plan comparison",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "native-or-zapier",
          "question": "Are QuoteCloud's CRM integrations direct or through Zapier?",
          "answer": "It depends on the CRM. Pipedrive is linked directly, so documents are created from deals, contacts or organisations and their status shows inside Pipedrive. Salesforce offers two routes: the Salesforce Sync add-on, which connects your org with OAuth and pushes document status to the Opportunity, or Zapier. HubSpot, Zoho CRM, Microsoft Dynamics 365, monday.com and Zendesk Sell connect through Zapier, where you choose the trigger, the action and the field mapping. None of these routes needs code.",
          "short_answer": "Pipedrive connects directly, Salesforce through the Salesforce Sync add-on or Zapier, and the other CRMs through Zapier.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#native-or-zapier",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "How each integration connects",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "replace-crm-quoting",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud replace quoting in HubSpot or Salesforce?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud is designed to work alongside your CRM rather than replace it. The CRM keeps the deal, the contacts and the reporting, while QuoteCloud builds the quote or proposal from that data, with interactive price tables, eSignatures and online payments, and sends its status back to the record. Teams that need enterprise configure-price-quote inside Salesforce, with complex product rules, order orchestration and billing, may be better served by Salesforce Revenue Cloud; the comparison page sets out where each fits.",
          "short_answer": "It usually sits alongside them: the CRM stays your system of record and QuoteCloud builds the quote the client sees, signs and pays.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#replace-crm-quoting",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs HubSpot Commerce Hub",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/hubspot-commerce-hub"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Salesforce Revenue Cloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/salesforce-revenue-cloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "crm-not-listed",
          "question": "What if my CRM or PSA tool is not on the integrations list?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud connects to thousands of apps through Zapier, and also supports Make.com and its own GraphQL/REST API, all from the Essentials plan. If your CRM, or a PSA tool such as ConnectWise PSA or Autotask, is supported by Zapier or Make.com, a QuoteCloud event such as a recipient signing can start an action there, and a record there can create a QuoteCloud document. For anything more specific, a developer can use the API, or QuoteCloud can scope consultancy and integration setup.",
          "short_answer": "Connect it through Zapier, Make.com or the QuoteCloud API, all available from the Essentials plan.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#crm-not-listed",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "developer-needed",
          "question": "Do I need a developer to connect QuoteCloud to my CRM?",
          "answer": "No. The Pipedrive connection takes minutes and needs no code. The Salesforce Sync add-on connects your org from QuoteCloud with an OAuth sign-in. For HubSpot, Zoho CRM, Dynamics 365, monday.com and Zendesk Sell, you build a Zap in three steps: choose a QuoteCloud trigger, connect your QuoteCloud account, then choose the CRM action and map the fields. A sales admin can do this without writing anything. If you want a hand, QuoteCloud offers consultancy and integration setup.",
          "short_answer": "No. Pipedrive takes minutes, Salesforce Sync uses an OAuth sign-in, and Zapier automations are built by choosing a trigger and mapping fields.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#developer-needed",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Pipedrive integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pipedrive-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "try-crm-integration",
          "question": "Can I test a CRM integration before I buy?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud's Essentials and Business plans start with a free 14-day trial with no credit card required, so you can connect your CRM and test the workflow on real deals. You can also book a demo for a guided walkthrough of the setup. Integrations that run through Zapier also need a Zapier account, and Zapier and your CRM are separate services with their own plans.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Essentials and Business start with a free 14-day trial with no credit card, and you can book a demo with your own pipeline.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#try-crm-integration",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing and free trial",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "salesforce-integration",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud integrate with Salesforce?",
          "answer": "Yes. With the Salesforce Sync add-on, you connect your Salesforce org from QuoteCloud using OAuth, link each document to an Opportunity, and document status updates are pushed back to Salesforce as they happen. Alternatively, you can connect through Zapier in three steps: choose a QuoteCloud trigger, such as a recipient signing, connect your QuoteCloud account, then choose a Salesforce action and map the fields. Both routes are no-code.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, two ways: the Salesforce Sync add-on, which links documents to an Opportunity, or Zapier automations. Neither needs code.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#salesforce-integration",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for Salesforce",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/integrations/crm/salesforce-cpq"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "salesforce-status",
          "question": "Can I see a quote's status on the Salesforce Opportunity?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud records when each document is delivered, first viewed and signed. With the Salesforce Sync add-on, those status updates are written back to the linked Opportunity, so reps can see where every quote stands and follow up while the buyer is reading. With Zapier, the same events can run a Salesforce action you choose. Detailed reading activity stays in the QuoteCloud dashboard.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud records delivered, first viewed and signed, and those updates can be pushed back to the linked Opportunity.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#salesforce-status",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for Salesforce",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/integrations/crm/salesforce-cpq"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "salesforce-data",
          "question": "What Salesforce data can fill a QuoteCloud quote?",
          "answer": "A quote or proposal for an Opportunity can be built from its account, contact and products. Templates use tokens with field mapping, custom fields included, so each document is filled with the right account, contact, product and price details. From there, QuoteCloud applies your pricing rules: product bundles, dependency rules, optional items and approval workflows for discounts over a limit you set.",
          "short_answer": "Account, contact and product details from the Opportunity, mapped into template tokens, custom fields included.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#salesforce-data",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for Salesforce",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/integrations/crm/salesforce-cpq"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "hubspot-integration",
          "question": "What does the QuoteCloud HubSpot integration do?",
          "answer": "It connects QuoteCloud's quoting, proposal and eSignature software with HubSpot CRM through Zapier, with no code to write. A new deal can create a document in QuoteCloud, or copy one you use as a template, with the deal's contact, company and products merged in. You edit and send it from QuoteCloud, and events such as recipient first viewed and recipient signed can update the deal or add activity to its timeline.",
          "short_answer": "It connects QuoteCloud to HubSpot through Zapier, so deal data fills the quote and the quote's status goes back to the deal.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#hubspot-integration",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "HubSpot integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/hubspot-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "hubspot-records",
          "question": "Which HubSpot records can create a QuoteCloud document?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud works with the information on Deal, Contact and Company records in HubSpot. A Zap can start from any of those records and pass the related data into your quote or proposal, such as the company details, the contact's information and deal values. The deal's contact can be added as the document's recipient, so the document is built from customer information your team already manages.",
          "short_answer": "Deal, Contact and Company records. A Zap can start from any of them and pass the related data into the document.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#hubspot-records",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "HubSpot integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/hubspot-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "hubspot-products",
          "question": "Can products on a HubSpot deal fill the QuoteCloud price table?",
          "answer": "Yes. Products on a HubSpot deal can populate an editable pricing table in the QuoteCloud document, with their price and quantity, through the fields you map in Zapier. You can then adjust the table before sending, for example by adding optional items or discounts, and your client sees an interactive quote rather than a static list.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Products on the deal can populate an editable pricing table with price and quantity.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#hubspot-products",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "HubSpot integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/hubspot-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "hubspot-deal-stage",
          "question": "Can a signed QuoteCloud quote move the HubSpot deal stage?",
          "answer": "Yes. In Zapier, recipient signed is a QuoteCloud trigger that can run a HubSpot action such as updating the deal, for example moving it to closed won. Recipient first viewed can create an engagement on the deal, so the team sees the quote was opened. Viewer engagement detail and template usage are tracked in QuoteCloud, where the dashboard shows every document's status.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Recipient signed is a Zapier trigger, so it can update the deal stage or add the activity to the deal's timeline.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#hubspot-deal-stage",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "HubSpot integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/hubspot-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "pipedrive-integration",
          "question": "How does the QuoteCloud Pipedrive integration work?",
          "answer": "You link QuoteCloud and Pipedrive in minutes, with no code. You then create quotes, proposals and contracts from Pipedrive deals, contacts or organisations, starting from your QuoteCloud templates and content library. Variables pull in contact details, deal fields, pricing and product items, and each document stays linked to the right Pipedrive record. Clients accept and eSign on any device or in person.",
          "short_answer": "You connect Pipedrive directly, then create quotes and proposals from deals, contacts or organisations with their details filled in.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#pipedrive-integration",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Pipedrive integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pipedrive-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "pipedrive-status",
          "question": "Can I see QuoteCloud document status inside Pipedrive?",
          "answer": "Yes. Document statuses are visible inside Pipedrive, so you can see when a document is sent, viewed, commented on or completed, right on the deal. QuoteCloud's document analytics also show who accessed, viewed, commented on and completed each document, and when, which helps time follow-ups. When the completed status shows, you can move the deal to Won.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Sent, viewed, commented on and completed show on the linked Pipedrive record.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#pipedrive-status",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Pipedrive integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pipedrive-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "pipedrive-payments",
          "question": "Can clients pay when they sign a quote created from Pipedrive?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud integrates with Stripe, so you can collect a credit card or EFT payment when a customer completes a quote created from a Pipedrive deal. Payment can be part of the signing step, so the customer reviews, signs and pays in one flow. PayPal is also available as a payment option in QuoteCloud documents.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Through Stripe, clients can pay by credit card or EFT as part of completing the quote.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#pipedrive-payments",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Stripe integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "zoho-crm",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud work with Zoho CRM?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud connects to Zoho CRM through Zapier. You map Zoho CRM fields to QuoteCloud once, including customer, deal, product and pricing details from standard or custom fields, and a new deal can create the document with the deal's contact added as recipient. QuoteCloud events such as status changes, first views and signatures are Zapier triggers, so they can run actions such as Create Contact or update the deal's stage.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, through Zapier. Zoho CRM deal data fills the quote, and viewed and signed events can update the deal.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#zoho-crm",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Zoho CRM integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/zoho-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "dynamics-365",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud integrate with Microsoft Dynamics 365?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud connects to Microsoft Dynamics 365 through Zapier in three steps. Choose QuoteCloud as the trigger app with an event such as New Document Created or New Customer Created, connect your QuoteCloud account, then choose Microsoft Dynamics as the action app with an action such as Create Record or Update Record, and map the fields. Typically account, contact, product and pricing data go into the document and its status goes back to the record.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, through Zapier. Account, contact, product and pricing data go into the quote and its status can go back.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#dynamics-365",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Microsoft Dynamics integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/microsoft-dynamics-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "monday-com",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud connect to monday.com?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud connects to monday.com through Zapier, with nothing to install. Choose a QuoteCloud trigger such as New Document Created or New Customer Created, connect your QuoteCloud account by authorising Zapier or entering your QuoteCloud API key, then choose the monday.com action and map the fields. Column values on an item, such as the contact, company and amount, can fill template variables, and created, viewed and signed events can update the item.",
          "short_answer": "Through Zapier. Item column values fill template variables, and document events can update the item's status column.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#monday-com",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "monday.com integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/integrations/crm/mondaydotcom"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "zendesk-sell",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud integrate with Zendesk Sell?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud and Zendesk Sell connect through Zapier, and a Zap can run in either direction. A new deal in Zendesk Sell can create the QuoteCloud document, and QuoteCloud events such as a document being created, first viewed or signed can create or update the deal. You choose the trigger, the action and which fields pass between the two accounts.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, through Zapier. A new deal can create the quote, and a signature can update the deal.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#zendesk-sell",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Zendesk Sell integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/zendesk-sell-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "zendesk-tickets",
          "question": "Can a support team create quotes from Zendesk tickets?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud connects to Zendesk through Zapier. A Zap can create a QuoteCloud document from a ticket using the requester's details, and you share the document's link in your reply. QuoteCloud records when the document is sent, first viewed and signed, and those events can be added to the ticket, for example as an internal note. Typically the requester's name, email, organisation and the ticket subject go into the document.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Through Zapier, a ticket can create a QuoteCloud document and the document's status can be added back to the ticket.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#zendesk-tickets",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Zendesk integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/zendesk-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quote-from-deal",
          "question": "Can I create a quote from a CRM deal automatically?",
          "answer": "Yes. In Pipedrive you create documents from deals, contacts or organisations and the deal details fill in. With HubSpot, Zoho CRM, Dynamics 365, monday.com or Zendesk Sell, a Zapier automation can create a QuoteCloud document when a new deal appears, fill the mapped fields and add the deal's contact as the recipient. In Salesforce, a quote built for an Opportunity uses its account, contact and products. You review the document and send it.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Pipedrive creates documents from deals directly; with HubSpot, Zoho CRM and others, a new deal can create the document through Zapier.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#quote-from-deal",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "status-in-crm",
          "question": "Does the quote status update in my CRM?",
          "answer": "Yes. Document statuses are visible inside Pipedrive, and the Salesforce Sync add-on pushes status updates back to the linked Opportunity. For HubSpot, Zoho CRM, Dynamics 365, monday.com and Zendesk Sell, QuoteCloud events such as document created, status changed, recipient first viewed and recipient signed are Zapier triggers, so they can update the deal stage, a status column or the record's activity.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Pipedrive shows it on the record, Salesforce Sync pushes it to the Opportunity, and other CRMs update through Zapier triggers.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#status-in-crm",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "custom-fields",
          "question": "Can I map custom CRM fields into QuoteCloud documents?",
          "answer": "Yes. When you set up a Zapier connection, you map CRM fields to QuoteCloud fields, and Zoho CRM's page notes this includes standard or custom fields for customer, deal, product and pricing details. For Salesforce, templates use tokens with field mapping, custom fields included. Pipedrive uses variables for contact, deal, pricing and product details. Once mapped, the values fill in each time a document is created.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Field mapping covers standard and custom fields, for example in Zoho CRM through Zapier and in Salesforce through template tokens.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#custom-fields",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Zoho CRM integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/zoho-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "crm-esignatures",
          "question": "Are eSignatures included when I quote from my CRM?",
          "answer": "Yes. Every QuoteCloud plan includes legally binding electronic signatures, so quotes, proposals and contracts created from CRM data are signed in QuoteCloud without a separate signing tool. Recipients sign on any device. Signatures are eIDAS compliant, documents are protected with 256-bit encryption, and the signed status can be passed back to the deal through the integration.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Legally binding, eIDAS-compliant eSignatures are included on every QuoteCloud plan, with no separate signing tool.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-crm#crm-esignatures",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "HubSpot integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/hubspot-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "integrations-accounting",
      "name": "Accounting and payment integrations",
      "group": "Connect your tools",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "which-accounting",
          "question": "Which accounting software does QuoteCloud integrate with?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud lists integrations with Xero, QuickBooks Online and FreshBooks. Each one connects through Zapier, with no code: a QuoteCloud event, such as a recipient signing a quote, runs an action in the accounting app, such as creating an invoice or a customer. Other accounting or finance tools supported by Zapier or Make.com can be connected the same way, or through the QuoteCloud API.",
          "short_answer": "Xero, QuickBooks Online and FreshBooks, each connected through Zapier.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#which-accounting",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "which-plan",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plan includes accounting integrations?",
          "answer": "The QuoteCloud pricing page lists CRM and accounting integrations, naming Xero and QuickBooks, from the Business plan at US$59 per user per month, and on Enterprise. Zapier, Make.com and the QuoteCloud APIs are included from Essentials at US$39 per user per month, and documents created through the API or Zapier carry a per-document fee from US$2.00. Integrations are not included on Free or Starter. Essentials and Business both have a free 14-day trial with no credit card.",
          "short_answer": "CRM and accounting integrations are listed from Business (US$59 per user per month); Zapier is included from Essentials (US$39).",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#which-plan",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "invoices-from-quotes",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud create invoices in Xero, QuickBooks Online or FreshBooks?",
          "answer": "Yes, the invoice is created in your accounting software. You build, send and get the quote or proposal signed in QuoteCloud. When the recipient signs, a Zapier automation can create the invoice in Xero, QuickBooks Online or FreshBooks with the same line items, quantities and tax, filed under the matching customer. Nothing is typed twice, and you can invoice as soon as the client signs instead of waiting for someone to copy the details across.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. When a client signs, a Zapier automation can create the invoice in your accounting software with the same lines and tax.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#invoices-from-quotes",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Xero integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/xero-accounting-with-quotecloud"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuickBooks Online integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quickbooks-online-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "accounting-system",
          "question": "Is QuoteCloud an invoicing or accounting system?",
          "answer": "No. QuoteCloud is quoting, proposal and CPQ software, with a product catalogue, interactive price tables, legally binding eSignatures and online payments in the document. Xero, QuickBooks Online or FreshBooks stays your accounting system, and the integration carries the accepted document across to it as an invoice and customer record. That way sales works in QuoteCloud and accounts works in its own software, from the same numbers.",
          "short_answer": "No. QuoteCloud is quoting, proposal and CPQ software; your accounting software keeps the invoices and the books.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#accounting-system",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "FreshBooks integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/freshbooks-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "who-benefits",
          "question": "Which businesses benefit from connecting quotes to accounting?",
          "answer": "Any business that sends a quote or proposal before it sends an invoice. QuoteCloud names professional services, legal firms, architects and engineers, travel agencies, telecoms and hosting providers, importers and exporters, and event planners, along with freelancers and small service businesses that keep their books in FreshBooks, Xero or QuickBooks Online. The gain is fewer retyping errors and invoices raised the moment the client signs.",
          "short_answer": "Any business that sends a quote or proposal before it sends an invoice.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#who-benefits",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "FreshBooks integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/freshbooks-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "xero-connect",
          "question": "How do I connect QuoteCloud to Xero?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud connects to Xero through Zapier, in three steps and with no code. First, choose QuoteCloud as the trigger app and pick a trigger, such as a recipient signing a document. Second, connect your QuoteCloud account. Third, choose Xero as the action app, pick an action such as creating an invoice, map the fields, test it and turn it on. If you need help, book a demo or contact QuoteCloud support.",
          "short_answer": "Through Zapier in three steps: choose a QuoteCloud trigger, connect your QuoteCloud account, then choose a Xero action and map the fields.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#xero-connect",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Xero integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/xero-accounting-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "xero-what-syncs",
          "question": "What data moves between QuoteCloud and Xero?",
          "answer": "Each connection is a rule: when something happens in QuoteCloud, an action runs in Xero. When a recipient signs a quote, an invoice can be created in Xero with the same line items and tax, and when a contact is created in QuoteCloud, it can be created in Xero too. QuoteCloud also has actions other apps can trigger, such as creating or updating a contact or updating a document's status, so information can flow back from Xero as well.",
          "short_answer": "Signed quotes can become Xero invoices with the same lines and tax, and contacts can be created in both apps.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#xero-what-syncs",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Xero integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/xero-accounting-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "xero-contacts",
          "question": "Will QuoteCloud keep my customer records consistent with Xero?",
          "answer": "Yes. Contact details can be passed between QuoteCloud and Xero, so the customer on the quote is the customer on the invoice. That helps avoid duplicate records and makes sure documents go to the right contact. You decide which fields are mapped when you build the Zap, and you can test it before turning it on.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Contact details can pass between QuoteCloud and Xero, so the customer on the quote is the customer on the invoice.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#xero-contacts",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Xero integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/xero-accounting-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "qbo-connect",
          "question": "How do I set up QuoteCloud with QuickBooks Online?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud connects to QuickBooks Online through Zapier, in three steps and with no code. First, choose QuoteCloud as the trigger app and pick a trigger, such as a recipient signing a document. Second, connect your QuoteCloud account. Third, choose QuickBooks Online as the action app, pick an action such as creating an invoice, map the fields, test it and turn it on. You can try it on a free 14-day trial with no credit card.",
          "short_answer": "Through Zapier: pick a QuoteCloud trigger, connect your QuoteCloud account, choose a QuickBooks Online action and map the fields.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#qbo-connect",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuickBooks Online integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quickbooks-online-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "qbo-what-syncs",
          "question": "Which data syncs between QuoteCloud and QuickBooks Online?",
          "answer": "It depends on the automations you switch on. Common ones are a signed quote creating an invoice in QuickBooks Online with its line items, quantities and tax, and a contact created in QuoteCloud creating a customer in QuickBooks Online. QuoteCloud also has actions that other apps can trigger, such as creating or updating a contact or updating a document's status, so information such as payment status can flow back to the quote.",
          "short_answer": "It depends on the automations you switch on; common ones create invoices from signed quotes and customers from new contacts.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#qbo-what-syncs",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuickBooks Online integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quickbooks-online-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "qbo-benefits",
          "question": "What are the benefits of using QuoteCloud with QuickBooks Online?",
          "answer": "Less retyping and fewer mistakes. Line items, quantities, tax and customer details come from the signed quote instead of being copied by hand, so the customer on the quote is the customer on the invoice. Sales and accounts can see the same status, and you can invoice sooner because the invoice can be created the moment your client signs.",
          "short_answer": "Less retyping, fewer mistakes and faster invoicing, because the invoice can be created the moment the client signs.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#qbo-benefits",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuickBooks Online integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quickbooks-online-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "freshbooks-integration",
          "question": "What does the QuoteCloud FreshBooks integration do?",
          "answer": "It joins the document your client says yes to with the invoice you send afterwards. QuoteCloud connects to FreshBooks through Zapier: you build a Zap with a QuoteCloud trigger, such as a recipient signing or a document changing status, and a FreshBooks action, such as creating an invoice. Once it is on, each signed contract, approved quote or accepted proposal can start a new FreshBooks invoice without anyone retyping the details.",
          "short_answer": "When a client signs or accepts a document in QuoteCloud, a Zap can create the invoice in FreshBooks.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#freshbooks-integration",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "FreshBooks integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/freshbooks-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "freshbooks-events",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud events can start an action in FreshBooks?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud can tell Zapier when a document is created, first viewed, signed, part paid or paid. You decide which of those events start an action in FreshBooks, such as creating an invoice or recording a payment. Anything you do not map stays in QuoteCloud, so you can start with one automation, such as signature to invoice, and add more later.",
          "short_answer": "Document created, first viewed, signed, part paid and paid; you choose which ones start a FreshBooks action.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#freshbooks-events",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "FreshBooks integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/freshbooks-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "freshbooks-invoice-fields",
          "question": "Can I control what data goes onto the FreshBooks invoice?",
          "answer": "Yes. When you build the Zap, you choose which QuoteCloud fields are sent to which FreshBooks invoice fields, and you can test it before you turn it on. Your quotes and proposals are designed in QuoteCloud, while the invoice keeps the look you have set up in your FreshBooks account.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. You choose which QuoteCloud fields map to which FreshBooks invoice fields, and test the Zap first.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#freshbooks-invoice-fields",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "FreshBooks integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/freshbooks-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "stripe-setup",
          "question": "How do I take Stripe payments on a QuoteCloud quote?",
          "answer": "Connect your own Stripe account from the integrations or payments settings in QuoteCloud, then add the Stripe payment block to a template or an individual document. The amount fills in automatically from the pricing table total, and you can ask for a percentage of it, such as a deposit, or a fixed fee. If the client chooses optional items or changes quantities, the amount is calculated for what they chose. Clients pay by debit or credit card and other methods Stripe supports.",
          "short_answer": "Connect your Stripe account in QuoteCloud, then add the Stripe payment block to a template or document.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#stripe-setup",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Stripe integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "paypal-setup",
          "question": "How does the PayPal integration work?",
          "answer": "Connect your PayPal account to QuoteCloud, then add a PayPal payment button to a quote or proposal in the editor, set the pricing details and choose a one-time payment or an instalment plan. You can request the full amount or a part payment. Once the document is signed, the client pays with their PayPal account, a debit or credit card, or PayPal Credit where available, in US dollars or Australian dollars.",
          "short_answer": "Connect PayPal, add a PayPal button to the quote, and the client pays after signing: in full, in part or by instalments.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#paypal-setup",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "PayPal integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/paypal-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "payments-to-accounting",
          "question": "Do QuoteCloud payments show up in Xero or QuickBooks Online?",
          "answer": "They can, through Zapier. QuoteCloud can tell Zapier when a document is part paid or paid, so a payment can start an action in your accounting software, such as recording a payment in FreshBooks. In the other direction, QuoteCloud actions such as updating a document's status let information such as payment status flow back to the quote. You choose which events and fields are mapped when you build each Zap.",
          "short_answer": "They can, through Zapier: paid and part-paid events can update your accounting software, and payment status can flow back to the quote.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#payments-to-accounting",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuickBooks Online integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quickbooks-online-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "xero-qbo-payments",
          "question": "Can clients pay through Xero Payments or QuickBooks Payments?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud's online payment options are Stripe and PayPal, and your clients can pay straight from the document with either. Payments you take through Xero or QuickBooks Payments are handled in your accounting software itself, for example on the invoice the integration creates. If your workflow depends on QuickBooks Payments or Xero Payments, book a demo or contact QuoteCloud support to confirm what is possible before you rely on it.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud's online payment options are Stripe and PayPal; payments taken through Xero or QuickBooks Payments are handled in those apps.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#xero-qbo-payments",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuickBooks Online integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quickbooks-online-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "payment-security",
          "question": "Is it secure to take payments in QuoteCloud documents?",
          "answer": "Payments are processed by Stripe or PayPal. Stripe holds PCI Level 1 certification, the highest level for payment processors, and as a Stripe Verified Partner QuoteCloud follows the standards in the Stripe Integration Security Guide. PayPal payments are handled in PayPal's own checkout, so clients do not need to share personal or financial details with third-party tools. QuoteCloud documents are protected with 256-bit encryption.",
          "short_answer": "Payments are processed by Stripe or PayPal; Stripe holds PCI Level 1 certification and QuoteCloud is a Stripe Verified Partner.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/integrations-accounting#payment-security",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Stripe integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/stripe-integration-with-quotecloud"
            },
            {
              "text": "PayPal integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/paypal-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "automation-api",
      "name": "Automation, Zapier and API",
      "group": "Connect your tools",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "zapier",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud work with Zapier?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud has a Zapier app, so it can connect to thousands of other apps without code. A QuoteCloud event, such as a recipient signing, can run an action in another app, and an event in another app, such as a new deal or a spreadsheet row, can create a QuoteCloud document. Zapier is included from the Essentials plan at US$39 per user per month. Zapier itself is a separate service with its own plans.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Zapier connects QuoteCloud to thousands of apps, and it is included from the Essentials plan.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#zapier",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "zapier-triggers",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud events can trigger an automation?",
          "answer": "The QuoteCloud triggers named on its integration pages are a new document being created, a new customer being created, a document's status changing, a recipient first viewing a document, a recipient signing, and a document being part paid or paid. Any of them can start a Zap, so a signature can move a CRM deal to its next stage, create an invoice, post to Slack or Microsoft Teams, or file the signed copy in OneDrive. Zapier shows the full current list when you build the automation.",
          "short_answer": "New document created, new customer created, document status changed, recipient first viewed, recipient signed, part paid and paid.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#zapier-triggers",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "zapier-actions",
          "question": "What can other apps do in QuoteCloud through Zapier?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud also has Zapier actions that other apps can run. A new record elsewhere, such as a HubSpot deal, can create a QuoteCloud document or copy one you use as a template, with mapped fields filled in and the contact added as recipient. Other actions include creating or updating a contact and updating a document's status, which lets information such as payment status flow back from an accounting app.",
          "short_answer": "Other apps can create documents, copy a template document, create or update contacts and update a document's status.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#zapier-actions",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "HubSpot integration example",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/hubspot-integration-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "zapier-connect-account",
          "question": "How do I connect my QuoteCloud account to Zapier?",
          "answer": "In Zapier, choose QuoteCloud as the trigger or action app and follow the prompts to connect your account. You either authorise Zapier with your QuoteCloud sign-in or enter your QuoteCloud API key. After that, Zapier can see your documents and contacts, and you pick the other app's action, map the fields, test the Zap and turn it on. You can turn a Zap off at any time.",
          "short_answer": "In Zapier, choose QuoteCloud, then authorise Zapier with your QuoteCloud sign-in or enter your QuoteCloud API key.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#zapier-connect-account",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "monday.com setup example",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/integrations/crm/mondaydotcom"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "make-com",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud work with Make.com?",
          "answer": "Yes. Make.com is one of the automation platforms QuoteCloud supports, alongside Zapier and its own APIs. All three are included from the Essentials plan, at US$39 per user per month, so you can use whichever tool your team already runs to connect QuoteCloud with your other business systems. Make.com is a separate service with its own plans.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Make.com is supported alongside Zapier and the QuoteCloud APIs, all from the Essentials plan.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#make-com",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "other-software",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud connect to software that is not on its integrations list?",
          "answer": "Often, yes. QuoteCloud does not list native integrations for every category, such as HR, payroll or PSA software, but from the Essentials plan you can connect it to other systems through Zapier, Make.com or the QuoteCloud API. If an app is available in Zapier or Make.com, a QuoteCloud event such as a signature can start an action there. For anything more specific, a developer can build an integration on the API.",
          "short_answer": "Often, yes: through Zapier, Make.com or the QuoteCloud API, from the Essentials plan.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#other-software",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "api",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud have a document generation API?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud provides a GraphQL/REST API, so any application that can make HTTPS requests can exchange document data with a QuoteCloud account and produce finished, personalised documents. Teams use it to generate documents at volume, around the clock, for quoting, archiving, email marketing and invoicing. API access is included from the Essentials plan, and documents created through the API carry a per-document fee.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. A GraphQL/REST API lets any application that can make HTTPS requests create personalised documents in QuoteCloud.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#api",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document generation software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-generation-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "api-plans",
          "question": "Which QuoteCloud plans include the API?",
          "answer": "The QuoteCloud APIs for direct integration are included on Essentials (US$39 per user per month), Business (US$59) and Enterprise. The Free plan excludes PDF export, APIs, AI and price tables, and Starter excludes price tables, APIs and AI. On top of the subscription, documents created through the API or Zapier are charged per document each month.",
          "short_answer": "Essentials, Business and Enterprise. The Free and Starter plans do not include APIs.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#api-plans",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud plan comparison",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "build-own-integration",
          "question": "Can I build my own integration with QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Yes. When the triggers, actions and field mapping available in Zapier or Make.com do not cover what you need, the QuoteCloud API lets you build your own integration, for example to send data from an in-house system and create documents from it. QuoteCloud also offers consultancy and integration setup for custom APIs and other platforms; contact sales to scope the work.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The QuoteCloud API lets you build a custom integration when a Zapier or Make.com automation is not enough.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#build-own-integration",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Document generation software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/document-generation-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "mcp",
          "question": "Can AI assistants work with QuoteCloud through MCP?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud supports the Model Context Protocol, so MCP-enabled AI assistants can securely use your live QuoteCloud data: search your product catalogue, retrieve customers, create and update proposals and automate repetitive document tasks. The MCP AI Service is available on the Business and Enterprise plans, alongside the AI Co-Worker that drafts and rewrites content inside the editor.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud supports the Model Context Protocol through its MCP AI Service on the Business and Enterprise plans.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#mcp",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud product overview",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/product-overview"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "document-fees",
          "question": "Is there a fee for documents created through the API or Zapier?",
          "answer": "Yes. Documents created through the API or Zapier are charged per document each month: US$2.00 each for 1 to 1,000 documents, US$1.80 each for 1,001 to 5,000, and US$1.60 each for 5,001 or more. The fee is on top of an Essentials, Business or Enterprise subscription. Contact QuoteCloud sales for higher-volume pricing.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. US$2.00 each for 1 to 1,000 a month, US$1.80 for 1,001 to 5,000, and US$1.60 above 5,000.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#document-fees",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "bulk-send",
          "question": "Can I bulk send quotes or email campaigns from QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Yes. The QuoteCloud pricing page lists bulk send for sales quotes and email marketing campaigns on Essentials, Business and Enterprise, marked as volume-based costs: email campaigns, for example, need email sending credits. Email marketing audience data is unlimited on those plans. Documents created through the API or Zapier are charged separately, from US$2.00 each.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Bulk send for sales quotes and email marketing campaigns are available from Essentials, with volume-based costs.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#bulk-send",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud plan comparison",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "setup-help",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud set up Zapier or an API integration for us?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud offers consultancy and integration setup covering Zapier, custom APIs and other platforms; contact sales to scope the work. Enterprise plans also include implementation support and a dedicated account manager. To try the integrations yourself first, Essentials and Business start with a free 14-day trial with no credit card required.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Consultancy and integration setup for Zapier, custom APIs and other platforms is available; contact sales.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#setup-help",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "google-sheets",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud work with Google Sheets?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud connects to Google Sheets through Zapier. Choose a QuoteCloud trigger, such as a new document being created, connect your QuoteCloud account, then pick a Google Sheets action such as creating or updating a row and map the fields to your columns. A status change such as viewed, signed or paid can update the row. In the other direction, client and job details in a sheet can generate quotes, proposals and contracts, and contacts can be bulk imported from Google Sheets.",
          "short_answer": "Through Zapier: a new quote can add a row, the row can update as it is viewed, signed or paid, and sheet rows can create documents.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#google-sheets",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Google Sheets integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/googlesheets-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "google-calendar",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud add follow-ups to Google Calendar?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud connects to Google Calendar through Zapier. Pick a QuoteCloud trigger such as New Document Created, connect your QuoteCloud account, then choose an action such as Create Event or Update Event and map fields like the document name, the customer and a date. Information moves one way, from QuoteCloud to the calendar, and the events then use Google Calendar's own notifications and sharing.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Through Zapier, QuoteCloud events can create or update Google Calendar events for follow-ups and quote deadlines.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#google-calendar",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Google Calendar integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/google-calendar-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "google-drive",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud PDFs be saved to Google Drive?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud's Google integration page states that finished documents can be stored as PDFs in the Google Drive folders you choose, so signed paperwork sits with the rest of your files. Like the Google Sheets connection, this is set up with Zapier by choosing a trigger and an action and mapping the fields, with no code.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Finished documents can be stored as PDFs in the Google Drive folders you choose.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#google-drive",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Google Sheets integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/googlesheets-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "microsoft-excel",
          "question": "Can I send QuoteCloud data to Microsoft Excel?",
          "answer": "Yes. A Zap watches for a QuoteCloud event, such as a new document being created or a status change, and adds or updates a row in your Excel workbook. Document details such as the client, the value and the status, and new customer records, can be mapped to the columns your reports already use. Once the data is in a table, Excel's formulas, charts and pivot tables work on it as usual.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Through Zapier, document details and status can add or update rows in an Excel workbook.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#microsoft-excel",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Microsoft Excel integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/microsoft-excel-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "microsoft-onedrive",
          "question": "Can signed QuoteCloud documents be filed in OneDrive?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud connects to Microsoft OneDrive through Zapier. Pick a QuoteCloud event as the trigger, then a OneDrive action such as Upload File or Create Folder, map the fields, test it and turn it on. Signed contracts, approved quotes and other documents can be filed in the folder you nominate. Files kept in OneDrive, including docx and Word Online files, can also be uploaded to QuoteCloud and converted into editable documents.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Through Zapier, documents such as signed PDFs can be saved to the OneDrive folders you choose.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#microsoft-onedrive",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Microsoft OneDrive integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/microsoft-onedrive-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "slack",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud send notifications to Slack?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud connects to Slack through Zapier. Choose a QuoteCloud trigger, connect your QuoteCloud account by authorising Zapier or entering your API key, then choose a Slack action such as Send Message and map the fields. Notifications can be set for a document being sent, viewed, approved, signed or paid. Each Zap posts to the channel or direct message you choose, with wording you customise, and only the mapped fields are sent to Slack.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Through Zapier, a message can post to the Slack channel or direct message you pick when a client opens, approves or signs.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#slack",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Slack integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/slack-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "microsoft-teams",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud post quote updates to Microsoft Teams?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud connects to Microsoft Teams through Zapier in three steps: choose QuoteCloud as the trigger app and pick the event, connect your QuoteCloud account, then choose Teams as the action app, pick an action such as sending a message and map the fields. Each Zap posts the fields you choose, such as document name, client, total and status. Viewer engagement detail stays in the QuoteCloud dashboard, and reviews, approvals and signatures happen in QuoteCloud.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Through Zapier, QuoteCloud can post to a Teams channel when a quote is sent, viewed or signed.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#microsoft-teams",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Microsoft Teams integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/microsoft-teams-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "servicem8",
          "question": "Can an approved QuoteCloud quote create a job in ServiceM8?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud connects to ServiceM8 through Zapier. Choose a QuoteCloud trigger, such as a client signing the quote, then a ServiceM8 action such as Create Job, and map the fields to carry across, typically the client's details, the site address and the quoted work. The integration creates the job; you book the time, assign staff and invoice in ServiceM8. You need QuoteCloud, ServiceM8 and Zapier accounts.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Through Zapier, a client signing the quote can create the ServiceM8 job with the fields you map.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#servicem8",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "ServiceM8 integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/servicem8-with-quotecloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "simpro",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud integrate with simPRO?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud connects to simPRO through Zapier in three steps: choose QuoteCloud as the trigger app and pick a trigger, connect your QuoteCloud account, then choose simPRO as the action app, pick an action such as creating a job and map the fields, such as the client, the site and the quoted work. QuoteCloud shows when the quote is sent, viewed and approved, and the job then sits in simPRO with its own status.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, through Zapier. An approved quote can create the job in simPRO, ready for your team to schedule.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#simpro",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "simPRO integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-with-simpro"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "field-service-who",
          "question": "Who are the ServiceM8 and simPRO integrations for?",
          "answer": "They suit trades and field service businesses that quote in QuoteCloud and run their jobs in ServiceM8 or simPRO, such as HVAC, electrical, plumbing, security systems, construction and facilities management contractors. The client details and quoted work are typed once, in the quote, and carried into the job, which removes a common source of mismatches between what was approved and what gets done.",
          "short_answer": "Trades and field service businesses that quote in QuoteCloud and run jobs in ServiceM8 or simPRO.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/automation-api#field-service-who",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "ServiceM8 integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/servicem8-with-quotecloud"
            },
            {
              "text": "simPRO integration",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-with-simpro"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "security-privacy",
      "name": "Security and privacy",
      "group": "Run your account",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "how-secure-is-my-data",
          "question": "How secure is my data in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud is hosted on Amazon Web Services and protects documents with 256-bit encryption in your own private cloud workspace. Data transferred between you and QuoteCloud is encrypted, and personal data is encrypted at rest on the hosting servers. QuoteCloud is GDPR compliant. Custom roles, team access settings and content locking control who can view, edit and send documents, and Enterprise adds single sign-on and IP range filtering.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud runs on AWS with 256-bit encryption, encrypts data in transit and at rest, is GDPR compliant and controls access by role.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#how-secure-is-my-data",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "where-is-my-data-hosted",
          "question": "Where is my QuoteCloud data hosted?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud runs on the Amazon Web Services (AWS) cloud, and personal information is stored on servers located in the USA. That information remains within the effective control of Corporate Interactive Technology Pty Limited, the Sydney, Australia company that provides QuoteCloud. The hosting provider's role is limited to hosting and storage, and it is not permitted to access or use your personal information except for that limited purpose.",
          "short_answer": "On Amazon Web Services, with personal information stored on servers located in the USA.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#where-is-my-data-hosted",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud privacy policy",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/privacy"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "is-my-data-encrypted",
          "question": "Is my data encrypted in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Yes. Your quotes, proposals and contracts are protected with 256-bit encryption and stored in your own private cloud workspace, and each completed document carries a unique document ID. According to the privacy policy, personal information is stored on secure servers with SSL certificates from leading certificate authorities, all data transferred between you and QuoteCloud is encrypted, and personal data is encrypted when stored on the hosting servers.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Documents use 256-bit encryption, data is encrypted in transit, and personal data is encrypted at rest.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#is-my-data-encrypted",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-i-choose-where-data-is-stored",
          "question": "Can I choose to keep my QuoteCloud data in Australia or the EU?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud does not publish a choice of data region. Its privacy policy states that personal information is stored on Amazon Web Services servers located in the USA, and that if you do not want your personal information transferred to a server in the USA you should not provide it or use the service. If data residency is a requirement for your organisation, contact the QuoteCloud team to discuss it before you commit.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud does not publish data residency options; personal information is stored on AWS servers in the USA.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#can-i-choose-where-data-is-stored",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud privacy policy",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/privacy"
            },
            {
              "text": "Contact the QuoteCloud team",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "does-quotecloud-store-card-details",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud store credit card details?",
          "answer": "No. When your clients pay a quote, card payments are taken through third-party payment gateways such as Stripe and PayPal. When you pay for your own QuoteCloud subscription, your card is processed through Stripe and held by the payment gateway so it can be billed on a recurring basis. In both cases QuoteCloud does not store the credit card details, and QuoteCloud staff cannot access them.",
          "short_answer": "No. Card details are handled by third-party payment gateways and cannot be accessed by QuoteCloud staff.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#does-quotecloud-store-card-details",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-know-the-right-person-signed",
          "question": "How do I know the right person signed?",
          "answer": "Turn on optional recipient verification and QuoteCloud sends a one-time passcode to the signer by email. They must enter it before they can sign, so only someone with access to that inbox can complete the signature. The completed document then includes a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail as a record of the signing.",
          "short_answer": "Turn on optional recipient verification and the signer must enter a one-time passcode sent to their email before signing.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#how-do-i-know-the-right-person-signed",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "eSignature ID verification",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/esignature-id-verification"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-record-do-i-get-when-signed",
          "question": "What record do I get when a document is signed?",
          "answer": "Every completed document includes a certificate of authenticity and an audit trail, and each document has its own unique document ID. The document's history timeline also shows its views, edits, status changes, recipient activity and revisions, with the person behind each entry. Revisions and full version history are part of the Business plan.",
          "short_answer": "Every completed document includes a certificate of authenticity, an audit trail and its own document ID.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#what-record-do-i-get-when-signed",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Digital signature certificate",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/digital-signature-certificate"
            },
            {
              "text": "Audit trail and history",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/audit-trail-history"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "password-protect-a-document",
          "question": "Can I password-protect a document I share with a client?",
          "answer": "Yes. In the document editor click Send, choose Send Via Link, make sure the link is active and click Edit security settings for this link. Turn on Password Protection, enter and confirm a password and click Save. Anyone opening the link must enter the password before the document appears. Each recipient can have their own unique link, and you should share the password through a different, secure channel.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Use Send Via Link, open the link's security settings and turn on Password Protection.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#password-protect-a-document",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Password-protect a document",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/document-security/password-protect-a-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "hide-sections-from-the-client",
          "question": "Can I keep internal notes, costs or margins out of what the client sees?",
          "answer": "Yes. Use Hide from Recipient on a section or container in the editor: it is shaded so your team knows it is hidden, and the recipient does not see it. In price tables you decide which columns and totals appear in the client-facing document, so internal costs, supplier prices and margins stay hidden while the client sees the final price. Price tables are included from the Essentials plan.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Hide sections from the recipient, and choose which price table columns, such as cost and margin, the client sees.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#hide-sections-from-the-client",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Content locking and hidden sections",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/content-locking"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "who-can-see-and-change-what",
          "question": "How do I control who can see and change what in my QuoteCloud account?",
          "answer": "From Essentials you can create custom user roles, organise people into teams, choose whether each team has full or view-only access to shared documents, and restrict content libraries by role. From Business you can also lock content blocks so they cannot be edited, route documents through an approval workflow, and keep revisions and version history. Enterprise adds single sign-on, IP range filtering and other advanced security controls.",
          "short_answer": "Custom roles, teams and library permissions from Essentials; content locking, approval workflow and version history from Business.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#who-can-see-and-change-what",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            },
            {
              "text": "Set shared document access",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general-team-settings/set-shared-document-access"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "role-permissions",
          "question": "What permissions can a QuoteCloud user role control?",
          "answer": "Each custom role has permission toggles grouped into User Controls, Content Libraries, System Config, Document Controls, Address Book Controls, Campaign Controls, Import/Export Data and Workflow Controls. Document Controls, for example, set who can view, edit, delete and send documents and access the product catalogue. A user with several roles receives every permission granted by any of them, so you can follow the principle of least privilege.",
          "short_answer": "Users and teams, content libraries, system settings, documents, the address book, campaigns, data import and export, and workflows.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#role-permissions",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Create a new user role",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/create-a-new-user-role-quotecloud-help"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "lock-approved-content",
          "question": "Can I stop people from changing approved wording?",
          "answer": "Yes. In the content library, turn on the lock for any block, such as legal terms or service levels. A lock icon shows its status. Locked blocks can still be dragged into documents but stay non-editable there, and only administrators or users whose roles allow it can unlock them. You can also restrict who can add or edit library content by user role. Content locking is part of the Business plan.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Lock content blocks in the content library so they can be used in documents but not edited.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#lock-approved-content",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Content locking",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/features/content-locking"
            },
            {
              "text": "Lock content blocks",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/content-libraries/content-library-permissions-and-security/locking-content-blocks-to-prevent-accidental-editing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "single-sign-on",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud support single sign-on (SSO)?",
          "answer": "Yes. Single sign-on (SSO) is included on the Enterprise plan, alongside IP range filtering, a custom URL, custom user reports and other advanced security controls, plus implementation support. SSO is not part of the Free, Starter, Essentials or Business plans. Contact sales to talk through your identity provider and what your organisation needs.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, on Enterprise. Single sign-on is part of the Enterprise plan's security controls.",
          "plan": "Enterprise",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#single-sign-on",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Enterprise security controls",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "ip-range-filtering",
          "question": "Can I restrict QuoteCloud access to our office IP addresses?",
          "answer": "Yes, on Enterprise. IP range filtering lets an organisation limit access to QuoteCloud to the IP address ranges it approves, and it is included with Enterprise together with single sign-on, a custom URL and other advanced security controls. It is not available on the Free, Starter, Essentials or Business plans. Contact sales to discuss how it would fit your network setup.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, on Enterprise. IP range filtering is one of the Enterprise plan's advanced security controls.",
          "plan": "Enterprise",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#ip-range-filtering",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "sign-in-options",
          "question": "What sign-in options does QuoteCloud have?",
          "answer": "You can sign in with your email address and password, with a Magic Link that emails you a secure link and a 6-digit code, or with a passkey on a registered device such as a phone or tablet. Enterprise adds single sign-on. Keep your password safe, and if you think it has been misused, change it straight away and let QuoteCloud know.",
          "short_answer": "Email and password, a Magic Link or 6-digit code sent by email, or a passkey; Enterprise adds single sign-on.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#sign-in-options",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Logging in to QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/logging-in-with-existing-account-credentials"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "two-factor-authentication",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud support two-factor authentication (MFA)?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud does not publish a two-factor or multi-factor authentication feature. The sign-in options it documents are email and password, a Magic Link or 6-digit code sent to your email, and a passkey on a registered device, and Enterprise adds single sign-on. If MFA is a requirement in your security review, contact the QuoteCloud team so they can answer it directly for your organisation.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud does not publish a two-factor authentication feature; ask the team about your requirements.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#two-factor-authentication",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Contact the QuoteCloud team",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "is-quotecloud-gdpr-compliant",
          "question": "Is QuoteCloud GDPR compliant?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud states that it is GDPR compliant. Its privacy policy explains how personal information is collected, held and used, that it is stored on AWS servers in the USA under Corporate Interactive's effective control, and how you can request access to, correction or removal of your personal information through the Data Protection Officer.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud states that it is GDPR compliant.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#is-quotecloud-gdpr-compliant",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud privacy policy",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/privacy"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "access-correct-or-remove-personal-information",
          "question": "How do I access, correct or delete my personal information?",
          "answer": "Set out your request in writing and email it to the Data Protection Officer at hello@corporateinteractive.com.au. You can ask to access the information held about you, or to update, correct or remove it. Corporate Interactive processes requests as soon as reasonably practicable unless prevented on legal grounds, and explains why if it cannot meet a request. Personal information is kept only as long as needed to provide the service.",
          "short_answer": "Send a written request to QuoteCloud's Data Protection Officer at hello@corporateinteractive.com.au.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#access-correct-or-remove-personal-information",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud privacy policy",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/privacy"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "breach-notification",
          "question": "Will QuoteCloud tell me about a data breach?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud's privacy policy commits to advising you at the first reasonable opportunity after discovering, or being told of, a security breach in which your personal information is lost, stolen, accessed, used, disclosed, copied, modified or disposed of by unauthorised persons or in an unauthorised way. To raise a security concern yourself, contact the team through the support contact page.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud will advise you at the first reasonable opportunity if a breach involves your personal information.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#breach-notification",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud privacy policy",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/privacy"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "does-quotecloud-share-my-data",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud share my data with third parties?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud discloses personal information outside the Corporate Interactive group only where necessary to provide the service, otherwise with your express consent, or when legally required, for example by a court order. It may use aggregated data that does not identify you to improve the service. If you connect third-party apps such as a CRM, data you send to them is covered by those apps' own privacy policies.",
          "short_answer": "Only where needed to provide the service, with your express consent, or when required by law.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#does-quotecloud-share-my-data",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud privacy policy",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/privacy"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "privacy-complaints",
          "question": "How do I make a privacy complaint to QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Give the Data Protection Officer full details of your complaint and any supporting documents, either by email to support@quotecloud.net or by letter to The Data Protection Officer, Corporate Interactive Technology Pty Limited, Suite 1204, 109 Pitt Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia. The privacy policy describes the complaints process, and significant changes to the policy are communicated by email or in QuoteCloud.",
          "short_answer": "Send full details to the Data Protection Officer by email at support@quotecloud.net or by letter to the Sydney office.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#privacy-complaints",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud privacy policy",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/privacy"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-i-export-or-recover-my-documents",
          "question": "Can I export my document data or recover a deleted document?",
          "answer": "Yes. On the dashboard, click the settings icon at the top right and choose Export Document Data; QuoteCloud prepares a report you receive by email and download for analysis, auditing or record-keeping. Deleted documents go to Trash first, where you can restore them to your document list from the More Actions menu. Emptying the Trash or deleting from it permanently removes the documents.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Export Document Data from the dashboard settings, and restore deleted documents from Trash.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#can-i-export-or-recover-my-documents",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Export document data",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/dashboard/dashboard-settings/export-document-data"
            },
            {
              "text": "Restore a deleted document",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/dashboard/trash-management/restore-a-deleted-document"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "soc-2-iso-27001-hipaa",
          "question": "Is QuoteCloud SOC 2, ISO 27001 or HIPAA certified?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud does not publish SOC 2, ISO 27001 or HIPAA certification. What it does publish is hosting on Amazon Web Services, 256-bit encryption, GDPR compliance, eIDAS-compliant eSignatures with a certificate of authenticity and audit trail, and Enterprise controls such as SSO and IP range filtering. If your review needs a specific certification or a security questionnaire completed, contact the QuoteCloud team.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud does not publish SOC 2, ISO 27001 or HIPAA certification; contact the team for your security review.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#soc-2-iso-27001-hipaa",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            },
            {
              "text": "Contact the QuoteCloud team",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "uptime-and-backups",
          "question": "What uptime and backup commitments does QuoteCloud make?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud does not publish an uptime percentage or a backup schedule. You can check the current status of QuoteCloud services from the Help menu by choosing System Status. The guaranteed SLAs in Premium and Enterprise support relate to support response times, such as Enterprise's 4-hour response. If your organisation needs availability or backup commitments, contact the QuoteCloud team before you buy.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud does not publish an uptime percentage or backup schedule; check the System Status page and ask the team for details.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#uptime-and-backups",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Check system status",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general/help-and-support/check-system-status"
            },
            {
              "text": "Contact the QuoteCloud team",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "security-questionnaire-review",
          "question": "How do I request a security review or raise a security concern?",
          "answer": "If you need a security questionnaire completed as part of a vendor review, contact the QuoteCloud sales team and they will work through it with your team. To raise a security concern, contact the team through the support contact page. Requests to access, correct or remove your personal information go to the Data Protection Officer, as described in the privacy policy.",
          "short_answer": "Contact sales to have a security questionnaire completed, or raise a concern through www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#security-questionnaire-review",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Contact the QuoteCloud team",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud security",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/security"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "who-provides-quotecloud",
          "question": "Who provides QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud is provided by Corporate Interactive Technology Pty Limited, Suite 1204, 109 Pitt Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia, which has been building QuoteCloud since 2013. QuoteCloud is rated 4.2 on Capterra and 4.2 on Software Advice. The company's privacy policy and terms of use are published on the QuoteCloud website and can also be opened from the Help menu inside the app.",
          "short_answer": "Corporate Interactive Technology Pty Limited, based in Sydney, Australia, which has built QuoteCloud since 2013.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/security-privacy#who-provides-quotecloud",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud terms of use",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-terms"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud privacy policy",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/privacy"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "account-support",
      "name": "Account, onboarding and support",
      "group": "Run your account",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-add-users",
          "question": "How do I add a new user to my QuoteCloud account?",
          "answer": "Open Settings from the profile icon, then go to Users under Users & Roles and click Create New User. Enter the person's email address, first and last name, and optionally job title and phone numbers. Assign at least one team and one role, optionally choose a manager, and click Save. QuoteCloud emails an invitation; the user clicks Accept Invitation, completes their profile and creates a password. Until then they show as Unverified.",
          "short_answer": "Go to Settings › Users & Roles › Users, click Create New User, enter their details, team and role, and save to send an invitation.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#how-do-i-add-users",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Create or invite new users",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/create-or-invite-new-users"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "invited-user-did-not-receive-email",
          "question": "What if an invited user doesn't receive the QuoteCloud invitation?",
          "answer": "Ask the person to check their spam or junk folder and any email filters, and confirm the address was entered correctly. A user whose invitation is still pending shows an Unverified status on the Users page, where an administrator can resend or send a new invitation. If it still does not arrive, a corporate mail filter may be blocking automated messages, so check with your IT team or contact QuoteCloud support.",
          "short_answer": "Ask them to check spam and filters, confirm the email address, then resend the invitation from the Users page.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#invited-user-did-not-receive-email",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Create or invite new users",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/create-or-invite-new-users"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-many-users-can-i-have",
          "question": "How many users can I have in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "The Free plan is for one user. Starter, Essentials and Business are priced per user per month, so you add as many users as your team needs and pay for each one. Essentials and above also include unlimited sales teams and custom user roles. Enterprise has a custom user arrangement with flexible per-seat or per-document pricing. Clients who view or sign documents do not need a user licence.",
          "short_answer": "The Free plan has one user; Starter, Essentials and Business are priced per user; Enterprise is custom.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#how-many-users-can-i-have",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Plan pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-delete-a-user",
          "question": "How do I remove a user from QuoteCloud, and what happens to their documents?",
          "answer": "On the Users page, open the options menu beside the user and choose Delete User. You need a role with the User Controls permission to create, modify and delete users. If the person owns documents, QuoteCloud asks you to choose another user to take ownership, so nothing is lost. Deletion is permanent, so reassign any integrations they manage first, or change their role instead if you may need the account again.",
          "short_answer": "Choose Delete User from the user's options menu and pick another user to take ownership of their documents.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#how-do-i-delete-a-user",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Delete a user account",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/delete-a-user-account"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-sign-in",
          "question": "How do I sign in to QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "On the QuoteCloud login page, enter your registered work email and choose a sign-in method. Continue with Password uses your account password. Sign in with Magic Link emails you a secure link and a 6-digit code, and either one signs you in. Sign in with Passkey uses a registered device such as your phone or tablet, sometimes by scanning a QR code. You can pick a different method each time.",
          "short_answer": "Enter your work email, then sign in with a password, a Magic Link or 6-digit code by email, or a passkey.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#how-do-i-sign-in",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Logging in to QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/logging-in-with-existing-account-credentials"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "forgot-password",
          "question": "How do I reset my QuoteCloud password?",
          "answer": "On the login page click Continue with Password, then Forgot Password. Enter your registered email address and click Send password reset. Open the email, click Reset your password, enter and confirm a new password, then click Reset Password. Your quotes, proposals and templates are not affected. If you no longer have access to that email address, contact your account administrator or QuoteCloud support for help.",
          "short_answer": "On the login page choose Continue with Password, then Forgot Password, and follow the reset email.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#forgot-password",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Using Forgot Your Password",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/using-the-forgot-your-password"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-a-user-role",
          "question": "What is a user role in QuoteCloud, and what can it control?",
          "answer": "A user role is a named set of permissions you assign to people. To create one, go to Settings › Users & Roles › Roles and click Create New Role. Toggles cover User Controls, Content Libraries, System Config, Document Controls (view, edit, delete, send documents and access the product catalogue), Address Book Controls, Campaign Controls, Import/Export Data and Workflow Controls. Custom user roles are available from the Essentials plan.",
          "short_answer": "A role is a set of permissions; custom roles control users, content libraries, settings, documents, contacts, campaigns, data and workflow.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#what-is-a-user-role",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Create a new user role",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/create-a-new-user-role-quotecloud-help"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "can-a-user-have-more-than-one-role",
          "question": "Can a user have more than one role or team?",
          "answer": "Yes. Every user needs at least one team and one role, and you can assign more of each. When a user has several roles, QuoteCloud gives them every permission allowed by any of those roles. User Controls permissions can also be limited to a user's own team, so a team lead can manage their group's members without changing the rest of the organisation. Only users with the User Controls permission can manage roles.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. A user can have several roles and teams, and receives every permission granted by any of their roles.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#can-a-user-have-more-than-one-role",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Manage user account controls",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/user-access-and-support/manage-user-account-controls-quotecloud-help"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-a-team",
          "question": "What is a team in QuoteCloud, and how do I create one?",
          "answer": "A role defines what a person can do; a team groups people for collaboration and controls what they see. To create one, go to Settings › Users & Roles › Teams, click Create New Team, enter a team name, an optional team reference and contact details, and save. Team settings include product catalogue restrictions, template restrictions, payment settings and shared document access. Unlimited sales teams are included from the Essentials plan.",
          "short_answer": "A team groups users for collaboration and visibility; create one under Settings › Users & Roles › Teams.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#what-is-a-team",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Create a new team",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general-team-settings/create-a-new-team"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "shared-document-access",
          "question": "Can team members see and edit each other's documents?",
          "answer": "Yes, if you allow it. Each team has a Shared Documents setting. Full Access lets team members view and edit all documents created by anyone in the same team, which suits collaborative quoting. Viewer Access lets them see all team documents without editing them. Only users with Team Controls permission can change the setting, under Settings › Users & Roles › Teams.",
          "short_answer": "You choose per team: Full Access lets members view and edit team documents; Viewer Access lets them view only.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#shared-document-access",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Set shared document access",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general-team-settings/set-shared-document-access"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "restrict-templates-and-products-by-team",
          "question": "Can I control which templates and products each team uses?",
          "answer": "Yes. In a team's settings, open Template Restrictions, turn on Assign templates to this team and add the templates that team should use; only that team's members can then use them, and only roles with the Document Templates permission can edit them. Product Catalog Restrictions work the same way for product categories, so each team only sees the products relevant to them when they quote.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Template Restrictions assigns templates to a team, and product categories can be restricted per team.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#restrict-templates-and-products-by-team",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Assign templates to a team",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/template-restrictions/assign-templates-to-a-team"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-are-managers",
          "question": "What does assigning a manager to a user do?",
          "answer": "Assigning a manager links a user to one or more people who can approve their work. When an approval workflow uses the Managers of the Creator option, the assigned managers must approve the document before it moves forward. To assign or remove managers, open Settings › Users, click Edit beside the user, and update the Managers field. Approval workflow is part of the Business plan.",
          "short_answer": "Managers can approve their team members' documents when an approval workflow uses Managers of the Creator.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#what-are-managers",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Assign or remove managers",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general-user-settings/assign-or-remove-managers-to-user"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-onboarding-is-included",
          "question": "What onboarding is included with QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "On Essentials, Business and Enterprise, QuoteCloud converts one of your existing document templates free of charge during your 14-day trial, so your first quotes look like yours from day one, and includes a complimentary 45-minute virtual Q&A training session. Enterprise also includes implementation support for larger rollouts. The Free and Starter plans do not include template conversion or training.",
          "short_answer": "Essentials, Business and Enterprise include one template converted free during your trial and a complimentary 45-minute training session.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#what-onboarding-is-included",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Onboarding services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/onboarding-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-is-the-45-minute-training-session",
          "question": "What is the 45-minute training session?",
          "answer": "It is a complimentary 45-minute virtual Q&A session included on Essentials, Business and Enterprise. Bring your questions, and the QuoteCloud team walks through setting QuoteCloud up the way your team works. To arrange it, start your trial and contact the team through the support contact page. Additional 60-minute sessions are available as a paid add-on, for example for new starters or template managers.",
          "short_answer": "A complimentary 45-minute virtual Q&A on Essentials, Business and Enterprise to set QuoteCloud up the way your team works.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#what-is-the-45-minute-training-session",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Onboarding services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/onboarding-services"
            },
            {
              "text": "Contact the QuoteCloud team",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "more-training-or-template-conversions",
          "question": "Can I get more training or more templates converted?",
          "answer": "Yes. Additional 60-minute training sessions are available as a paid add-on whenever you need them, for example for new starters or for the people who manage your templates. Additional template conversions are also a paid add-on, billed per template: send the document you use today and the team rebuilds it as a QuoteCloud template. Prices are not published; contact the team for a quote.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Additional 60-minute training sessions and additional template conversions are paid add-ons.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#more-training-or-template-conversions",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Professional services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/professional-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-arrange-onboarding",
          "question": "How do I book my template conversion and training session?",
          "answer": "Start your free 14-day trial of Essentials or Business, with no credit card required, then contact the QuoteCloud team through the support contact page to arrange your template conversion and training session. If you would prefer to talk first, book a demo. For Enterprise, contact sales through the same channels to plan implementation support for your teams, templates and timeline.",
          "short_answer": "Start your 14-day trial, then contact the team through www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo to arrange both.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#how-do-i-arrange-onboarding",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Contact the QuoteCloud team",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            },
            {
              "text": "Request a demo",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "enterprise-implementation-support",
          "question": "What does implementation support on Enterprise include?",
          "answer": "Enterprise includes implementation support for larger rollouts, together with a dedicated account manager and premium 24×7 support. The sales team plans the rollout with you based on your teams, templates and timeline. Enterprise also includes single sign-on, custom user reports, a custom URL and advanced security controls such as IP range filtering, and is priced per seat or per document.",
          "short_answer": "Enterprise includes implementation support for larger rollouts, with a dedicated account manager and premium 24×7 support.",
          "plan": "Enterprise",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#enterprise-implementation-support",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Onboarding services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/onboarding-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "help-connecting-other-systems",
          "question": "Can QuoteCloud help connect it to our other systems?",
          "answer": "Yes. Consultancy and integration setup is available for Zapier, custom APIs and other platforms; contact sales to scope the work. Zapier, Make.com and the QuoteCloud APIs are available from the Essentials plan, and native CRM and accounting integrations, such as Xero, QuickBooks, Salesforce, HubSpot and Pipedrive, from the Business plan. Enterprise also includes implementation support and a dedicated account manager.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Consultancy and integration setup for Zapier, custom APIs and other platforms is available; contact sales.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#help-connecting-other-systems",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Professional services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/professional-services"
            },
            {
              "text": "All integrations",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/all-integrations"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-professional-services-are-available",
          "question": "What professional services does QuoteCloud offer?",
          "answer": "The QuoteCloud team can convert your existing document templates into QuoteCloud templates, run training sessions for your team, set up Custom Branding for fully white-labelled delivery, help you connect your own email service, create custom travel itineraries on commission, and provide consultancy and integration setup for Zapier, custom APIs and other platforms. Beyond the included first template conversion and 45-minute session, these are paid add-ons.",
          "short_answer": "Template conversion, training, Custom Branding setup, email service help, custom travel itineraries and integration consultancy.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#what-professional-services-are-available",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Professional services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/professional-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-support-is-included",
          "question": "What support is included with my QuoteCloud plan?",
          "answer": "Essentials and Business include basic email support during AEST business hours, Monday to Friday, 9am to 5pm, with a standard response within 48 hours. Enterprise includes premium 24×7 support with a dedicated account manager. Premium 24×7 support with guaranteed SLAs is also available as a paid add-on. The plan comparison does not list email support for the Free and Starter plans, which rely on the self-service User Guide.",
          "short_answer": "Essentials and Business include basic email support in AEST business hours with a 48-hour standard response; Enterprise includes premium 24×7 support.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#what-support-is-included",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Premium support",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/premium-support"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "support-hours-time-zone",
          "question": "What are QuoteCloud's support hours, and in which time zone?",
          "answer": "Standard support hours are Monday to Friday, 9am to 5pm, Australian Eastern Standard Time (AEST), with a standard response within 48 hours. If your team works in another time zone, or you need help in the evening or at weekends, Premium support provides 24×7 coverage with guaranteed SLAs. It is a paid add-on and is included on Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "Standard support runs Monday to Friday, 9am to 5pm Australian Eastern Standard Time (AEST); Premium support is 24×7.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#support-hours-time-zone",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Premium support",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/premium-support"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "what-does-premium-support-add",
          "question": "What does Premium support add?",
          "answer": "Premium support gives you 24×7 coverage with guaranteed SLAs, so a question raised in the evening or over the weekend does not have to wait for AEST business hours. It is available as a paid add-on, and its price is not published, so talk to the sales team about your plan and team size. On Enterprise, premium support comes with a dedicated account manager and a guaranteed 4-hour response SLA.",
          "short_answer": "Premium support adds 24×7 coverage with guaranteed SLAs; it is a paid add-on and is included on Enterprise.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#what-does-premium-support-add",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Premium support",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/premium-support"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "enterprise-account-manager",
          "question": "Do I get a dedicated account manager?",
          "answer": "Yes, on Enterprise. Enterprise includes a dedicated account manager, priority support channels, 24×7 coverage, quarterly strategy reviews and a guaranteed 4-hour response SLA. In the quarterly reviews your account manager looks at how QuoteCloud is working for your team, such as adoption across your users, your templates, workflows and integrations, and what to focus on next.",
          "short_answer": "On Enterprise, yes: a dedicated account manager with priority channels, quarterly strategy reviews and a 4-hour response SLA.",
          "plan": "Enterprise",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#enterprise-account-manager",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Premium support",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/resources/premium-support"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-do-i-contact-support",
          "question": "How do I contact QuoteCloud support?",
          "answer": "Use the contact page at www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo to reach the support team. Inside QuoteCloud, click the message icon at the top right to open the support panel, then Create Support Request: add a title, a detailed description, an issue type and, if needed, a priority, and click Create Ticket. Ticket History shows each request's status, assigned agent and updates. Enterprise customers also have priority channels and a dedicated account manager.",
          "short_answer": "Use www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo, or create a support request from the message icon inside QuoteCloud.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#how-do-i-contact-support",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Contact QuoteCloud support",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-demo"
            },
            {
              "text": "Submit a support request",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general/help-and-support/submit-a-support-request"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "check-system-status",
          "question": "How can I check whether QuoteCloud is having a service problem?",
          "answer": "Click the question mark icon at the top right of QuoteCloud to open the Help menu, then choose System Status. The System Status page shows the current operational status of QuoteCloud services, including availability and any outages. If the status page shows no problem but something is not working for you, create a support request from the support panel with the details and any error messages.",
          "short_answer": "Open the Help menu (question mark icon) and choose System Status.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#check-system-status",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Check system status",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general/help-and-support/check-system-status"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "where-can-i-find-answers-myself",
          "question": "Where can I find answers myself, at any hour?",
          "answer": "The QuoteCloud User Guide at support.quote.cloud has hundreds of step-by-step guides, each with its own FAQs, covering areas such as users and roles, billing, company settings, the dashboard, the document editor and price tables. There is also a Getting Started video, ready-made templates for a quick start, QuoteCloud Insights articles and the Change Log. Inside the app, the Help menu opens the Help Center.",
          "short_answer": "The QuoteCloud User Guide has hundreds of step-by-step guides, plus a Getting Started video, templates, Insights and the Change Log.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#where-can-i-find-answers-myself",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud User Guide",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud Insights",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/insights"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "community-forums-and-roadmap",
          "question": "Is there a QuoteCloud community forum or product roadmap?",
          "answer": "Yes. Click the help icon at the top right of QuoteCloud and choose Forums to open the Community Forums, where you can join discussions, ask questions and learn from other users. The same menu has See Roadmap, which opens the product roadmap of upcoming features and planned improvements.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The Help menu links to the Community Forums and the product roadmap, and the Change Log lists what is new.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/account-support#community-forums-and-roadmap",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Browse the community forums",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general/help-and-support/browse-community-forums"
            },
            {
              "text": "View the product roadmap",
              "url": "https://support.quote.cloud/user-guide/general/help-and-support/view-the-product-roadmap"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "industries",
      "name": "Industries",
      "group": "Run your account",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "which-industries",
          "question": "Which industries use QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Any business that sends quotes, proposals or contracts. QuoteCloud publishes pages for 28 industries, grouped as trades and construction (including HVAC, plumbing and landscaping), professional services (accounting, consulting, legal and recruitment), creative and marketing, hospitality, events and travel, health, finance and insurance, property, and industry and technology, including telecommunications and IT services. Templates, price tables and the product catalogue adapt to how each business prices its work.",
          "short_answer": "Any business that quotes, proposes or contracts; QuoteCloud has pages for 28 industries, from trades to travel.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#which-industries",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud solutions by industry",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/solutions-by-industry"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "industry-templates",
          "question": "Are there templates for my industry?",
          "answer": "Yes. When you create a template in QuoteCloud, the gallery shows ready-made templates organised into industry categories, and the public template library on the QuoteCloud website lets you browse them first, for example travel itineraries, accounting engagement letters, IT services and construction proposals. Every template is editable, so you add your branding, services, rates and terms. Public and custom document templates are included on Essentials and above, and one existing template is converted free during your trial.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The template gallery is organised by industry, and each industry page links to its templates.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#industry-templates",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Browse templates by industry",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/templates"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "industry-add-ons",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud have industry-specific add-ons?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud offers optional software extensions you activate only if you want them, which keeps costs low and the interface uncluttered. Industry extensions include the travel itineraries widget with GDS and mid-office integration for travel agents, and Contracts & Service Plans for telcos, ISPs and hosted services. Both are opt-in extensions with their own cost on Essentials, Business and Enterprise. Enterprise also offers the TravelDocs Duty of Care add-on.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Opt-in extensions include travel itineraries with GDS and mid-office integration, and contract plans for telcos and ISPs.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#industry-add-ons",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Opt-in extensions on the plan comparison",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-travel",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud work for travel agencies?",
          "answer": "Itineraries created in your GDS or mid-office system open directly in QuoteCloud, so consultants can add destination guides, photos, PDF brochures, videos and personalised messages without re-keying the booking. Flights, accommodation, transfers, tours, insurance, fees and optional extras sit in one branded proposal with a price table. Travellers accept with a legally binding eSignature, can pay a deposit through Stripe or PayPal, and then see the trip in the free TravelDocs app.",
          "short_answer": "Bookings from your GDS or mid-office open as branded itineraries you enrich, price, send for eSignature and share to an app.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-travel",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for travel",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-travel"
            },
            {
              "text": "Travel quoting software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/travel-quoting-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "gds-mid-office-integration",
          "question": "Which GDS and mid-office systems does QuoteCloud work with?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud imports bookings from Sabre GDS, Tramada, Tres CCTE, PowerSuite and Helloworld's Resworld, so PNRs and trip files open in QuoteCloud as structured itineraries with no re-keying. The QuoteCloud team arranges the connection with you for your provider. The travel itineraries widget with GDS and mid-office integration is an opt-in extension on Essentials, Business and Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "Sabre, Tramada, Tres CCTE, PowerSuite and Helloworld's Resworld; the QuoteCloud team sets up the connection.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#gds-mid-office-integration",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Enhanced itineraries with Sabre GDS",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-travel-enhanced-itineraries-with-sabre-gds"
            },
            {
              "text": "Enhanced itineraries with Tramada",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-travel-enhanced-itineraries-with-tramada"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "tres-ccte-integration",
          "question": "How does the Tres CCTE integration work?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud is integrated with the Tres CCTE mid-office. Itineraries exported from Tres CCTE open inside QuoteCloud with the itinerary data mapped automatically, so consultants don't retype bookings. They then add photos, brochures, videos, destination guides and custom notes, apply a branded travel template and send the proposal for eSignature. QuoteCloud provides setup help for connecting Tres CCTE exports, building content libraries and customising itinerary templates.",
          "short_answer": "Itineraries exported from Tres CCTE mid-office open in QuoteCloud with the data mapped, ready to enrich and send.",
          "plan": "Add-on",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#tres-ccte-integration",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Enhanced itineraries with Tres CCTE",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-travel-enhanced-itineraries-with-tres-ccte"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "itinerary-without-gds",
          "question": "Can I build an itinerary without a GDS connection?",
          "answer": "Yes. Right-click the Itinerary block and choose to upload an itinerary file, such as a booking or trip PDF, or paste the itinerary data from your booking system. QuoteCloud pulls out the segments and pricing and organises them into an itinerary and a price table, and it can be set up to recognise the document formats you use most. Itinerary blocks are pre-formatted layouts for flights, hotels, car rental and other segments. On Business, AI Co-Worker can also turn pasted airfare searches into itinerary segments.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Upload a booking PDF or paste the booking into the Itinerary block, and QuoteCloud extracts segments and pricing.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#itinerary-without-gds",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for travel",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-travel"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "traveldocs-app",
          "question": "What is the TravelDocs app?",
          "answer": "TravelDocs is a free mobile app for iOS and Android that shows travellers the itinerary you prepared in QuoteCloud. Travellers sign in with their surname and booking reference, with no account to create, and see flights, accommodation and the e-tickets and vouchers you attached, under your company banner or logo. The app works offline, shows flight check-in and live status, and lets travellers add their own arrangements and share the trip with family, friends or colleagues.",
          "short_answer": "A free iOS and Android app where travellers see the itinerary and documents you prepared in QuoteCloud.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#traveldocs-app",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "TravelDocs mobile app",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/traveldocs-mobile-app"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "travel-options-and-deposits",
          "question": "Can travellers choose optional tours and pay a deposit online?",
          "answer": "Yes. Put optional tours, upgrades and extra services in the price table as optional rows, and the trip total updates as the traveller ticks them, so you don't need to send several versions of the same quote. The traveller then accepts the itinerary and booking terms with a legally binding eSignature and pays a deposit by card through Stripe or through PayPal. Price tables and online payments are included from Essentials, and a payment gateway is required.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Optional extras update the trip total as travellers tick them, then they eSign and pay by Stripe or PayPal.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#travel-options-and-deposits",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "Travel quoting software",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/travel-quoting-software"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "corporate-travel",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud suit corporate travel management?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud can be configured to add each corporate client's travel policy and guidelines to every employee itinerary automatically, and the documents travel with the booking into the TravelDocs app. Travel templates can be structured for leisure, corporate or group travel. For larger travel management companies, the Enterprise plan includes the TravelDocs Duty of Care add-on, implementation support and premium support.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. A client's travel policy can be attached to every employee itinerary automatically, and TravelDocs keeps it on the phone.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#corporate-travel",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for travel",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-travel"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-telco",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud work for telcos and ISPs?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud prices connectivity, voice, mobile, cloud and managed services in one proposal, with monthly charges and once-off hardware, installation and setup side by side. The same solution can be priced on 12, 24 or 36-month terms. A catalogue holds categories, bundles and SKUs, carrier buy rates and margins stay hidden from the customer, and discounts past your threshold route for approval. Customers choose optional upgrades, then eSign online. Contract Plans is an opt-in extension for telcos, ISPs and hosted services.",
          "short_answer": "Price connectivity, voice, mobile and managed services, monthly and once-off, on 12, 24 or 36-month terms in one signable proposal.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-telco",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for telecommunications",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-telco"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "telco-technical-proposals",
          "question": "Can engineers add network diagrams and timelines to a telco proposal?",
          "answer": "Yes. Network and solution diagrams are built inside the proposal with the Diagram block, and implementation timelines with the Gantt Chart block, so the technical design, service levels and rollout sit beside the commercial offer. Sales, pre-sales and engineering work on the same document rather than passing versions back and forth. Diagrams, Gantt charts and approval workflows are included on Business and Enterprise.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. The Diagram and Gantt Chart blocks sit in the same proposal as the pricing, on Business.",
          "plan": "Business",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#telco-technical-proposals",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for telecommunications",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-telco"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-it-services",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud work for IT and managed service providers?",
          "answer": "IT companies, managed service providers, consultants and system integrators use QuoteCloud to price managed services per user or per device alongside licences, hardware and onboarding, with recurring and one-off costs in the same price table. Proposals can include scopes of work, milestones, Gantt timelines and architecture diagrams. Multi-level approvals check larger deals before they go out, clients tick optional services such as security add-ons, and they eSign the term agreement online. Templates include IT Services and AI Services proposals.",
          "short_answer": "Price per user and per device, monthly and one-off, route big deals for approval and get term contracts signed online.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-it-services",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for IT services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-it-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-trades",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud work for tradespeople?",
          "answer": "Electricians, plumbers, carpenters, painters and other trades use QuoteCloud in a phone or tablet browser to build quotes from job templates and saved call-out fees, labour rates and parts, with site photos and diagrams attached. Offer good, better and best packages, let the customer pick on the spot, then have them eSign on your screen and pay a deposit by card through Stripe or PayPal. Templates include roofing, plumbing and solar installation proposals.",
          "short_answer": "Build the quote on your phone from saved rates, offer good, better and best options, and get it signed with a deposit on site.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-trades",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for trade services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-trade-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "servicem8-simpro",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud connect with ServiceM8 and simPRO?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud lists integrations with the ServiceM8 and simPRO job management systems, alongside accounting tools such as Xero and QuickBooks and payments through Stripe and PayPal. Accepted quotes can flow on to the tools you run jobs and accounts in, so the job is not retyped after the customer signs. Native CRM and accounting integrations are included on Business; see each integration page for how the connection works.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud integrates with ServiceM8 and simPRO job management, as well as Xero and QuickBooks.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#servicem8-simpro",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "ServiceM8 with QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/servicem8-with-quotecloud"
            },
            {
              "text": "simPRO with QuoteCloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/quotecloud-with-simpro"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-construction",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud work for construction companies?",
          "answer": "Builders, renovators and contractors price labour, materials and subcontractors in sections of one price table, pulling rates from the product catalogue, with subtotals, tax and the total calculated as they go. Estimates can include Gantt timelines, drawings as PDFs and site photos. Clients tick optional upgrades, ask questions as comments, eSign on any device and pay a deposit through Stripe or PayPal. Templates include Roofing Proposal, Home Repair Contract, Residential Home Builder and Construction Proposal.",
          "short_answer": "Price labour, materials and subcontractors in one estimate, add plans and timelines, and get it signed and the deposit paid online.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-construction",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for construction",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-construction-companies"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "change-orders",
          "question": "Can I get change orders or variations signed?",
          "answer": "Yes. A change order, called a variation in Australia and the UK, records an agreed change to work already under contract, with its effect on price and timeline. Send it from QuoteCloud as its own document with a price table and an eSignature block, and the client can sign it on a phone before the extra work starts. Keeping each change as a separate signed document avoids disputes when the final invoice arrives.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Send the change order or variation as its own document and the client eSigns it, even on site.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#change-orders",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for construction",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-construction-companies"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-accounting-firms",
          "question": "How do accounting firms use QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Accounting practices use QuoteCloud to package compliance, tax and advisory services into fixed monthly fees with once-off onboarding, while clients tick add-ons such as payroll or bookkeeping. Engagement letters can carry initials on each key term and multiple signers, such as each director, with an optional one-time passcode, an audit trail and a certificate of authenticity. Signed engagements can sync to Xero, QuickBooks or FreshBooks. Templates include an Accounting Engagement Letter and an Accounting Services Agreement.",
          "short_answer": "Package services into monthly fees, let clients add extras, and get engagement letters initialled and signed by every director.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-accounting-firms",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for accounting",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-accounting"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-recruitment",
          "question": "How do recruitment agencies use QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Recruitment and staffing agencies use QuoteCloud to create, send and track recruitment proposals, terms of business, quotes and contracts, then collect legally binding eSignatures on a computer, tablet or phone with no app to install. Reusable blocks hold your services, process and terms, and fees come from your product catalogue. Free templates include a Recruitment Proposal, an HR Services Proposal, a Simple Job Offer Letter and a Temporary Employment Contract.",
          "short_answer": "Send recruitment proposals and terms of business with your fees, then collect legally binding eSignatures online.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-recruitment",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for recruitment services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-recruitment-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-agencies",
          "question": "How do marketing agencies use QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Marketing agencies and freelancers use QuoteCloud to set out campaign plans, strategy, tactics and expected outcomes next to images, video, PDFs and spreadsheets. Price tables separate monthly retainers from one-off setup costs and offer optional add-ons. Team members comment in the document, and clients sign online and can pay through Stripe or PayPal. Templates include mobile marketing, social media marketing and affiliate marketing proposals.",
          "short_answer": "Present campaign strategy, media samples and budgets in one proposal, with retainers, one-off fees and optional add-ons.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-agencies",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for marketing services",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-marketing-services"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-architects",
          "question": "Can architects and engineers price fee stages in QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Yes. Architecture and engineering practices use QuoteCloud for fee proposals, quotes, contracts, fee variations and scopes of work. Custom columns and formulas let you price each stage as a fixed fee or as a percentage of construction cost, with subtotals, tax and totals updating as you go; custom formulas are part of the Business plan. Add drawings, renders and schedules as PDFs or images, and clients review, eSign and can pay a first stage fee online.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Custom columns and formulas price stages as fixed fees or as a percentage of construction cost.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-architects",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for architects and engineers",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-architects-and-engineers"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotecloud-for-events",
          "question": "How do event businesses use QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Event managers, venues, caterers and planners use QuoteCloud to send quotes, proposals and contracts that include event timelines, venue details and pricing, from venue hire to per-head catering, with reusable packages and line items. Clients review and eSign online on any device. Templates include event venue, catering, wedding planning and event photography proposals, and forms (on Business) can collect event details in the same document.",
          "short_answer": "Event managers, venues and caterers send proposals and contracts with packages, per-head pricing and eSignatures.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/industries#quotecloud-for-events",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud for events",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/sales-quotes-for-events"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    },
    {
      "slug": "comparisons",
      "name": "QuoteCloud compared",
      "group": "Run your account",
      "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons",
      "questions": [
        {
          "id": "tools-compared",
          "question": "Which tools is QuoteCloud compared with?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud publishes comparisons with 27 tools: proposal software (PandaDoc, Proposify, Qwilr, Better Proposals, Bidsketch, Nusii, Prospero and Fresh Proposals), quoting and CPQ tools (QuoteWerks, Quoter, DealHub, Salesforce Revenue Cloud, ConnectWise CPQ, Quotient and Conga CPQ), contract and sales room tools (GetAccept and Oneflow), CRM quoting (HubSpot Commerce Hub), professional services software (Ignition) and eSignature software (DocuSign, Adobe Acrobat Sign, Dropbox Sign, SignNow, Zoho Sign, Yousign, SignWell and Signeasy).",
          "short_answer": "Twenty-seven proposal, quoting, CPQ, sales room, CRM quoting and eSignature tools, each on its own comparison page.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#tools-compared",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud comparisons",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "best-alternative",
          "question": "Is QuoteCloud an alternative to PandaDoc, Proposify or Qwilr?",
          "answer": "Yes. QuoteCloud covers what those tools are mostly used for: proposals, quotes, eSignatures and document tracking. It adds interactive price tables your client can adjust, a product catalogue, Stripe and PayPal payments from the document, approval workflows and an AI Co-Worker. It has a free plan, paid plans from US$14.95 per user per month with no lock-in contract, and a 14-day trial with no credit card. Which tool fits best depends on your documents, team size and billing preference.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. It covers proposals, quotes, eSignatures and tracking, with client-adjustable price tables and Stripe or PayPal payments.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#best-alternative",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "All QuoteCloud comparisons",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "vs-esignature-tools",
          "question": "How is QuoteCloud different from an eSignature tool?",
          "answer": "Tools such as DocuSign, Adobe Acrobat Sign, Dropbox Sign, SignNow, SignWell, Yousign, Zoho Sign and Signeasy get documents you have already made signed. QuoteCloud creates the document itself, with a drag-and-drop editor, interactive price tables, a product catalogue and rich content blocks, then collects a legally binding, eIDAS-compliant eSignature and, from Essentials, a Stripe or PayPal payment in the same document. eSignatures are included on every QuoteCloud plan, including Free.",
          "short_answer": "eSignature tools sign documents made elsewhere; QuoteCloud creates the quote or proposal, then takes the signature and the payment.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#vs-esignature-tools",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs DocuSign",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/docusign"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "billing-terms",
          "question": "Does QuoteCloud require an annual contract like some competitors?",
          "answer": "No. QuoteCloud's published prices are per user per month (Starter US$14.95, Essentials US$39, Business US$59) with no lock-in contract, and Essentials and Business start with a 14-day trial with no credit card. As of October 2026, several competitors quote their lowest prices for annual billing or require annual terms, for example Qwilr Growth and Scale, GetAccept, Oneflow, Quoter and Adobe Acrobat for teams.",
          "short_answer": "No. QuoteCloud plans have no lock-in contract and its published prices are per user per month.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#billing-terms",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "pandadoc",
          "question": "QuoteCloud vs PandaDoc: what's different?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, PandaDoc includes pricing tables, a product catalogue and payment collection from its Business plan, at US$49 per seat per month billed annually or US$65 monthly; its Starter plan is US$19 annually or US$35 monthly. PandaDoc's Free plan gives 5 documents a month with eSignatures but no pricing tables or payments. QuoteCloud includes interactive price tables, the catalogue and Stripe or PayPal payments on Essentials at US$39 per user per month, and its Free plan gives 2 documents a month.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud includes price tables, a product catalogue and payments on Essentials (US$39); PandaDoc includes them from Business (US$49 annual, US$65 monthly).",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#pandadoc",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs PandaDoc",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/pandadoc"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "pandadoc-usage-credits",
          "question": "Do QuoteCloud integrations need usage credits like PandaDoc?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, PandaDoc's pricing page says its API, workflow automations, bulk send and web forms use usage credits or are paid add-ons. QuoteCloud includes Zapier, Make.com and its APIs from Essentials and lists CRM and accounting integrations from Business. Documents created through the QuoteCloud API or Zapier are charged per document, from US$2.00 each, and bulk send and email campaigns are volume-based costs.",
          "short_answer": "No credits are needed for integrations; QuoteCloud charges per document only for documents created through the API or Zapier.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#pandadoc-usage-credits",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs PandaDoc",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/pandadoc"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "proposify",
          "question": "QuoteCloud vs Proposify: what's different?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Proposify's help centre lists the Stripe integration for New Proposify as planned for 2027, and accounts created since May 2025 are usually on New Proposify. Its Build plan is US$35 per user per month billed annually, or US$147 per user per quarter, and Grow, which includes approval workflows, is US$3,900 a year with 5 users. Proposify has no free plan. QuoteCloud takes Stripe and PayPal payments from Essentials and includes approval workflows on Business at US$59 per user per month.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteCloud takes Stripe and PayPal payments today and bills without a lock-in; Proposify lists Stripe for New Proposify as planned for 2027.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#proposify",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Proposify",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/proposify"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "qwilr",
          "question": "QuoteCloud vs Qwilr: how do they compare?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Qwilr Starter is US$35 per user per month billed annually or US$49 monthly, Growth is US$55 with a 5-user minimum and Scale US$75 with a 10-user minimum, both billed annually. Qwilr has a 14-day trial but no free plan. Qwilr suits marketing-led teams focused on highly designed web pages and buyer analytics. QuoteCloud suits teams that quote from a product list and need a catalogue, approvals and version history, with no seat minimum.",
          "short_answer": "Qwilr starts at US$35 a user billed annually with seat minimums on higher plans; QuoteCloud starts free, then US$14.95 with no seat minimum.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#qwilr",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Qwilr",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/qwilr"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "better-proposals",
          "question": "Does Better Proposals limit how many documents I can send?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Better Proposals' pricing page allows 10 documents sent a month on Starter, 50 on Premium and unlimited on Enterprise. Starter is US$13 per user per month billed annually (US$19 monthly) and is limited to one user. Every QuoteCloud paid plan sends unlimited documents, starting at US$14.95 per user per month on Starter, and QuoteCloud also has a free plan with 2 documents a month.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Better Proposals Starter allows 10 documents a month and Premium 50; QuoteCloud's paid plans have no monthly document limit.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#better-proposals",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Better Proposals",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/better-proposals"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "nusii-bidsketch",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with Nusii and Bidsketch?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Nusii limits active proposals to 5 on Freelancer, 20 on Agency and 50+ on Business, and its pricing FAQ says a card is required for its 14-day trial. Bidsketch's signup also asks for card details for its 14-day trial. QuoteCloud's 14-day trial needs no credit card, it has a free-forever plan, and its paid plans have no document limit. It also adds client-adjustable price tables, a product catalogue and online payments.",
          "short_answer": "Both ask for a card for their 14-day trials, and Nusii limits active proposals; QuoteCloud's trial needs no card and its paid plans have no document limit.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#nusii-bidsketch",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Nusii",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/nusii"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Bidsketch",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/bidsketch"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "fresh-proposals",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with Fresh Proposals?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Fresh Proposals has no free plan; its Starter is $20 a month billed annually with a limit of 10 active proposals, and its FAQ says it does not offer refunds. It suits small firms that prefer a page-layout editor and want native CPACharge or LawPay payments for accounting or legal work. QuoteCloud has a free plan, Starter at US$14.95 per user per month with no lock-in, and Stripe or PayPal payments from Essentials.",
          "short_answer": "Fresh Proposals bills annually with active-proposal limits and no free plan; QuoteCloud has a free plan and no lock-in contract.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#fresh-proposals",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Fresh Proposals",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/fresh-proposals"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "docusign",
          "question": "Is QuoteCloud a DocuSign alternative?",
          "answer": "For quotes and proposals, yes. As of October 2026, DocuSign Standard is US$25 per user per month prepaid annually, US$30 on an annual plan billed monthly or US$45 month to month, with 100 envelopes per user per year; Personal includes 5 envelopes a month. DocuSign has no free plan for sending. QuoteCloud Starter is US$14.95 per user per month with unlimited documents and eSignatures and includes the quote builder. DocuSign fits organisations needing its compliance breadth, such as advanced and qualified signatures and HIPAA.",
          "short_answer": "For quotes and proposals, yes: QuoteCloud builds the document and includes unlimited eSignatures from Starter, without envelope limits.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#docusign",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs DocuSign",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/docusign"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "adobe-acrobat-sign",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with Adobe Acrobat Sign?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Acrobat Standard for teams is US$16.99 per licence per month on an annual plan and Acrobat Pro for teams, which adds payments through a linked Braintree account, is US$23.99. Adobe charges half the remaining commitment if you cancel more than 14 days after purchase. Acrobat suits PDF-centric teams that want editing, redaction and forms. QuoteCloud builds the quote itself, with eSignatures on every plan and Stripe or PayPal payments from Essentials.",
          "short_answer": "Acrobat for teams needs an annual commitment from US$16.99 per licence; QuoteCloud Starter is US$14.95 per user with no lock-in.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#adobe-acrobat-sign",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Adobe Acrobat Sign",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/adobe-acrobat-sign"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "dropbox-sign",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with Dropbox Sign?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Dropbox Sign (formerly HelloSign) Essentials is US$15 a month billed annually for one user, Standard is US$25 per user per month billed annually with a 2-user minimum, and its free plan allows 3 signature requests a month. Its API is sold as separate plans from US$75 a month billed annually. Dropbox Sign does not advertise payment collection. QuoteCloud builds the quote, includes its API, Zapier and Make.com from Essentials, and takes Stripe or PayPal payments.",
          "short_answer": "Dropbox Sign signs existing documents and sells its API separately; QuoteCloud creates quotes and includes its API from Essentials.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#dropbox-sign",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Dropbox Sign",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/dropbox-sign"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "signing-tools",
          "question": "Is QuoteCloud an alternative to SignNow, SignWell, Yousign, Zoho Sign or Signeasy?",
          "answer": "Yes, if you send quotes or proposals. Those tools sign documents you upload, while QuoteCloud creates the document with interactive price tables and a product catalogue, then takes the eSignature and payment. For signing alone they can be cheaper: as of October 2026, SignNow Basic is US$8 a month billed annually with 100 signature invites a year, and SignWell Light is US$10 a month billed annually with a free plan of 3 documents a month.",
          "short_answer": "Yes, if you send quotes or proposals. For signing existing documents alone, those tools can cost less.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#signing-tools",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs SignNow",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/signnow"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs SignWell",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/signwell"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "still-need-esignature-tool",
          "question": "Do I still need a separate eSignature tool if I use QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "Not for quotes, proposals and contracts you send from QuoteCloud. eSignatures are built in on every plan, including Free; they are eIDAS compliant, with an optional one-time passcode and a certificate of authenticity and audit trail on every completed document. Some teams keep a signing tool for unrelated paperwork such as HR forms, but sales documents can be created, signed and paid in QuoteCloud.",
          "short_answer": "Not for the quotes, proposals and contracts you send from QuoteCloud, because eSignatures are built in on every plan.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#still-need-esignature-tool",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs SignWell",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/signwell"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "hubspot-commerce-hub",
          "question": "Should I use QuoteCloud or HubSpot Commerce Hub for quotes?",
          "answer": "They can work together. HubSpot says Revenue Hub is the evolution of Commerce Hub, covering quoting, contracts, billing and payments; as of October 2026 it starts at $95 per seat per month for Professional and $140 for Enterprise. QuoteCloud connects to HubSpot, so teams can keep HubSpot for CRM, billing and reporting and use QuoteCloud for a designed, interactive quote ready to sign and pay. QuoteCloud Business, which lists CRM integrations, is US$59 per user per month.",
          "short_answer": "Many teams use both: HubSpot as the CRM and QuoteCloud for the quote the client sees, signs and pays.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#hubspot-commerce-hub",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs HubSpot Commerce Hub",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/hubspot-commerce-hub"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "salesforce-revenue-cloud",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with Salesforce Revenue Cloud?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Salesforce lists Revenue Cloud Growth at US$150 and Advanced at US$200 per user per month, billed annually, on top of a Salesforce licence, and offers no free trial. It suits large Salesforce customers needing rules-based configuration of complex products, subscription and usage pricing, order orchestration and billing. QuoteCloud suits teams that mainly need persuasive quotes that get signed and paid, and connects to Salesforce through the Salesforce Sync add-on or Zapier.",
          "short_answer": "Revenue Cloud suits complex enterprise quote-to-cash on Salesforce; QuoteCloud suits fast, client-friendly quoting alongside Salesforce.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#salesforce-revenue-cloud",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Salesforce Revenue Cloud",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/salesforce-revenue-cloud"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "dealhub-conga",
          "question": "When are DealHub or Conga CPQ a better fit than QuoteCloud?",
          "answer": "DealHub suits mid-size and enterprise companies that need governed CPQ across complex subscription pricing, contract management, billing and revenue recognition, run by a RevOps or deal desk team; as of October 2026 it does not publish list prices and says most implementations go live within 3 months. Conga CPQ suits large enterprises, manufacturers and distributors with very complex rules-based configuration. QuoteCloud publishes its prices and suits teams that mainly need interactive quotes that are signed and paid.",
          "short_answer": "For governed, enterprise CPQ with complex pricing, contracts and billing; QuoteCloud suits client-friendly quoting without an implementation project.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#dealhub-conga",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs DealHub",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/dealhub"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Conga CPQ",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/conga-cpq"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quoter",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with Quoter?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Quoter (by ScalePad) lists Standard at US$299 a month for 75 published quotes, Pro at US$449 for 150 and Enterprise at US$599 for 250, all with unlimited users, billed monthly on a 12-month term with an activation fee. Quoter is built around deep PSA and distributor integration. QuoteCloud Essentials is US$39 per user per month with no quote limits, and connects to PSA tools through Zapier, Make.com or its API.",
          "short_answer": "Quoter is priced per account with quote caps on a 12-month term; QuoteCloud is priced per user with no quote limits.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#quoter",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Quoter",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/quoter"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotewerks-connectwise",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with QuoteWerks and ConnectWise CPQ?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, QuoteWerks starts at US$45.83 per concurrent user per month billed annually, and online acceptance, eSignature and payments need its Balanced edition at US$71.50. ConnectWise CPQ, formerly ConnectWise Sell, does not publish prices and lists Basic, Standard and Premium tiers on request. QuoteCloud publishes its prices: free, then US$14.95, US$39 and US$59 per user per month, with interactive price tables, payments and tracking on Essentials.",
          "short_answer": "QuoteWerks prices per concurrent user from US$45.83; ConnectWise CPQ prices are not published. QuoteCloud's prices are public.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#quotewerks-connectwise",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs QuoteWerks",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/quotewerks"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs ConnectWise CPQ",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/connectwise-cpq"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "quotient",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with Quotient?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, Quotient Solo is US$28 a month and a flat US$48 a month covers up to five users, which costs less than QuoteCloud's paid plans for a small team. Quotient suits trades and small service businesses that want quick web quotes and Xero or QuickBooks invoicing on acceptance. QuoteCloud starts free or at US$14.95 per user per month and adds a drag-and-drop design editor, eSignature certificates, Stripe and PayPal payments, the AI Co-Worker and CRM integrations.",
          "short_answer": "Quotient is a simple flat-price quoting tool; QuoteCloud adds designed proposals, built-in payments and CRM integrations.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#quotient",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Quotient",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/quotient"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "ignition",
          "question": "Is Ignition or QuoteCloud better for accounting firms?",
          "answer": "For engagement letters, recurring billing and automatic payment collection linked to Xero, QuickBooks, XPM or Karbon, Ignition is purpose-built. As of October 2026 it is priced per firm, from US$39 a month billed annually for eligible solo firms and US$99 for Core (3 users, 50 active clients), up to US$399 for Pro+. QuoteCloud suits firms and businesses that quote products, projects or services and want designed proposals, a product catalogue, client-adjustable price tables and CRM integrations.",
          "short_answer": "Ignition is purpose-built for engagement letters and recurring billing; QuoteCloud suits firms that also want designed proposals and flexible price tables.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#ignition",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Ignition",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/ignition"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "getaccept-oneflow",
          "question": "How does QuoteCloud compare with GetAccept and Oneflow?",
          "answer": "As of October 2026, GetAccept Professional is $49 per user per month with a 5-user minimum and annual billing, its product library holds 3 products on Professional and full CPQ is Enterprise-only. Oneflow's entry plan includes 5 seats from €250 a month, billed annually. GetAccept suits teams wanting a digital sales room, and Oneflow suits contract lifecycle management. QuoteCloud Essentials, US$39 per user per month with no lock-in, includes interactive price tables and an unlimited product catalogue.",
          "short_answer": "GetAccept leads with a digital sales room and Oneflow with contract lifecycle management; QuoteCloud focuses on quoting.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#getaccept-oneflow",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs GetAccept",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/getaccept"
            },
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Oneflow",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/oneflow"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "how-to-switch",
          "question": "How do I switch to QuoteCloud from another proposal or eSignature tool?",
          "answer": "Start a 14-day QuoteCloud trial, with no credit card. Export one of your current templates or documents as a PDF, from PandaDoc, Proposify, Qwilr, DocuSign or another tool, and the QuoteCloud team converts it into a QuoteCloud template for free. Import your products into the catalogue and build interactive price tables, connect Stripe or PayPal and your CRM or accounting software, then use the free 45-minute training session before your team sends its first quotes.",
          "short_answer": "Start a free trial, send one existing template to be converted free, load your products, connect your tools and book your training session.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#how-to-switch",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing and free trial",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "import-templates",
          "question": "Can I import my templates from PandaDoc, Proposify or DocuSign?",
          "answer": "Yes. During your trial, QuoteCloud converts one of your existing document templates into a QuoteCloud template for free, from a PDF export of a PandaDoc, Proposify, Qwilr, DocuSign or other document. Free template conversion is available on Essentials, Business and Enterprise. Additional conversions are a paid add-on, billed per template, and Microsoft Word files can also be uploaded and converted into editable documents.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. One existing template is converted free during your trial; additional conversions are a paid add-on per template.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#import-templates",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud pricing details",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/pricing"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "import-products",
          "question": "Can I bring my product list with me when I switch?",
          "answer": "Yes. Products and services can be imported into the QuoteCloud product catalogue from a CSV or spreadsheet, for example a list exported from Quoter, QuoteWerks or a saved line-item library. From the catalogue you drag items into interactive price tables with optional items, adjustable quantities, one-off and repeating costs, tax and discounts. The product catalogue and price tables are included from the Essentials plan.",
          "short_answer": "Yes. Products can be imported into the QuoteCloud catalogue from a CSV or spreadsheet.",
          "plan": "Essentials",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#import-products",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs Quoter",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/quoter"
            }
          ]
        },
        {
          "id": "time-to-start",
          "question": "How long does it take to get started with QuoteCloud compared with a CPQ rollout?",
          "answer": "QuoteCloud does not need an implementation project to start. You can sign up for a 14-day trial without a credit card, have one template converted for free and book a complimentary 45-minute training session. By comparison, as of October 2026 DealHub says most of its CPQ implementations go live within 3 months, with simpler rollouts taking a few weeks. Enterprise customers who want more help can get implementation support and a dedicated account manager.",
          "short_answer": "There is no implementation project: you can start a trial straight away, with one template converted and a 45-minute training session.",
          "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/faq/comparisons#time-to-start",
          "links": [
            {
              "text": "QuoteCloud vs DealHub",
              "url": "https://www.quote.cloud/compare/dealhub"
            }
          ]
        }
      ]
    }
  ]
}
